-
1 κατά
κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).A. w. the gen.ⓐ of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.ⓑ of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).ⓒ extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.② down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.ⓐ w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.ⓑ in a hostile sense, againstα. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])ⓐ of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.ⓑ of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.ⓒ of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).ⓓ of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.② marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)ⓐ in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).ⓑ with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).ⓒ distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.③ marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)ⓐ w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.ⓑ περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.④ marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).⑤ marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according toⓐ to introduce the norm which governs someth.α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.ⓑ as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in generalβ. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).⑥ denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.⑦ Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions asⓐ an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.ⓑ a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.ⓒ a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW. -
2 συντίθημι
συντίθημι, used by Hom. only in [voice] Med., v. infr.:—[voice] Pass. (v. infr.), but σύγκειμαι is more freq. as [voice] Pass.:—A place or put together,τὴν οὐρὴν καὶ τὸν σπλῆνα.. συνθεὶς ὁμοῦ Hdt.2.47
, cf. 4.67;ὅπλα ἐν τῷ ναῷ X.HG2.3.20
;ἅπαντα εἰς ἕν E.IT 1016
;ἐν ὀλίγῳ πάντα Id.Supp. 1126
(lyr.);ὁ πρῶτος συνθεὶς εἰς ταὐτὸν τὰ δύο ταῦτα βιβλίδια Gal.15.109
; σ. ἱμάτια, opp. ἀνασείειν, fold them together, X. Oec.10.11; σ. σκέλη, opp. ἐκτείνειν, Id.Cyn.5.10; opp. διαιρεῖσθαι, Pl.Sph. 252b; σ. ἄρθρα στόματος close the lips, E.Cyc. 625; εἰς τὸ οὖλον ( αυλον cod.) σ. τὴν κόμην, = calamistrat, Gloss.:—[voice] Pass., τὸ συντίθεσθαι καθ' ὁντινοῦν τρόπον ῥῖγος οὐκ ἀγαθόν ἐστι any sort of combination of shivering (with other symptoms), Gal.16.746.2 technical uses,a Math., add together, of numbers, Hdt.3.95 ([voice] Pass.); τό τε ἀρχαῖον καὶ τὸ ἔργον principal and interest, D.27.17, cf. 29.30: Geom., of lines and figures, Archim.Spir.Praef., Papp.70.4.b Math. also, of the transformation of a ratio componendo, Arist. EN 1131b8 ([voice] Pass.), Euc.5.18,24 ([voice] Pass.).c Logic, combine the terms of a proposition, Arist.Metaph. 1012a4, 1024b19 ([voice] Pass.); also, use the fallacy of composition (cf.σύνθεσις 1.2e
), Id.Rh. 1401a24.d Rhet., accumulate, joined with ἐποικοδομεῖν (to form a climax), ib. 1365a16.e σ. λόγον make up an account, PHib.1.48.15 (iii B.C.).II put together constructively, so as to make a whole, πεντηκοντέρους καὶ τριήρεας (as a bridge) Hdt.7.36; λίθους, of builders, Th.4.4, IG42(1).103.59 (Epid., iv B.C.); πλίνθους, ξύλα, X.Mem.3.1.7, etc.;τὰ ὄστρακα IG42(1).121.82
(Epid., iv B.C.);τὰ κομισθέντα Sor. 2.64
;ἐκ τούτων τὰ μέγιστα.. συνθεὶς τοῦτον.. τὸν λόγον ποιήσομαι Hippias Eleus 6
D.; .2 construct, frame,τὸ θνητὸν γένος Pl.Ti. 69d
; ὁ συνθείς the creator, ib. 33d:—[voice] Pass., to be constructed, of the material universe, opp. διαλύεσθαι, Arist.Cael. 304b30.b σ. τι ἀπό τινος compose or make one thing of or from another, Hdt.4.23; ;ἐξ ὧν [συλλαβῶν] τὰ ὀνόματα συντίθενται Pl.Cra. 425a
, cf. 434a; ; εἴδωλον οὐρανοῦ ξυνθεῖσ' ἄπο (Reiske for ὕπο) E.Hel.34: metaph.,συντιθεὶς γέλων πολύν S.Aj. 303
; δυοῖν ἅμιλλαν ξ. strive for two things at once, E.El.95.3 construct or frame a story,συνθέντες λόγον Id.Ba. 297
, cf. Ar.Ra. 1052 (anap.), Pl.Phdr. 260b;οἱ τὰς τέχνας τῶν λόγων συντιθέντες Arist.Rh. 1354a12
; narrate in writing,τὰ Ἑλληνικά Th.1.97
, cf. 21; compose, σ. μύθους, ποίησιν, μελῳδίαν, ὄρχησιν, Pl.R. 377d, Phdr. 278c, Lg. 812d, 816c; ;ὁ τὴν ἐνθάδε συνθεὶς ἀνατομήν Gal.15.147
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. συντέθειται ib.797;περὶ ὀλίγας οἰκίας αἱ.. τραγῳδίαι συντίθενται Arist.Po. 1453a19
.4 Math., of the synthesis of a geometrical problem, opp. ἀναλύω, Id.SE 175a28, Papp.648.13; συντεθήσεται τὸ πρόβλημα οὕτως the synthesis of the problem will proceed thus, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.1, cf. Apollon. Perg.Con.1 Praef., 2.44, al.5 frame, devise, contrive, ὁ συνθεὶς τάδε the framer of this plot, S.OT 401, cf. Th.8.68;ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς σ. ταῦτα Antipho 5.25
;σ. λόγους ψευδεῖς Id.6.9
;ψευδεῖς αἰτίας D.25.28
;τὴν κατηγορίαν And.1.6
, etc.; rarely in good sense,εὖ πρᾶγμα συντεθὲν ὄψεσθε D.18.144
.6 put together, take in, comprehend,παιδὸς μόρον A.Supp.65
(lyr.);ὄμνυ.. θεῶν συντιθεὶς ἅπαν γένος E.Med. 747
; , cf. Hec. 1184: ἐν βραχεῖ ξυνθεὶς λέγω putting things shortly together, speaking briefly, S.El. 673.III commit to a person's care, deliver to him for his own use or that of others, PMich.Zen.2.3,14 (iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.4.23, 6.11,64, 299.9, al. (iii B.C.);γνώριζε οὐχ ὑπάρχον παρ' ἡμῖν ἀργύριον τοσοῦτο ὥστε ἱκανὸν συνθεῖναι Πυρρίχῳ PMich.Zen.28.18
, cf. 32.7, PSI4.392.7, 5.524.3, 6.613.8, 7.862.1, PLille 15.3 (all iii B.C.); τινὶ ὀστᾶ, ἐπιστολάς, πλῆθος χρυσίου, etc., Plb.5.10.4, 8.17.4, 15.25.16, cf. 27.7.1, 28.22.3, IG12(5).590.12 (Ceos, ii B.C.), 11(4).1056.4 (Delos, ii B.C., cf. Jahresh.24.171), OGI345.11 (Delph., i B.C.).2 αὐτοὶ δ' ἔνοχοι εἴημεν τῷ ὅρκῳ ὁπηνίκ' ἂν εὖ συνθῶμεν perh. as soon as we have duly delivered (or executed) this declaration, BGU1738.32 (i B.C.);συνθεὶς τούτους μου τοὺς λιβέλλους ἐπιδίδωμι τῇ σῇ λαμπρότητι PLond.3.1000.7
(vi A.D.).IV collect, conclude, infer, Plb. 28.17.14, Arr.Ind.34.B [voice] Med. συντίθεμαι, used by Hom. only in [tense] aor. 2 and in signf. 1:I put together for oneself, i.e. observe, give heed to,σύνθετο θυμῷ βουλήν Il.7.44
;φρεσὶ σύνθετο θέσπιν ἀοιδήν Od.1.328
;ἐμεῖο δὲ σύνθεο μῦθον 17.153
;συνθέμενος ῥῆμα Pi.P.4.277
; and, simply, perceive, hear,κλαιούσης ὄπα σύνθετο Od.20.92
: in Hom. mostly abs., σὺ δὲ σύνθεο do thou take heed, Il.1.76, Od.15.318, etc.; σὺ δὲ σύνθεο θυμῷ ib.27.II agree on, conclude (cf. συνθήκη), ἄνδρεσσι κακοῖς συνθέμενοι φιλίην Thgn.306
; συντίθεσθαι συμμαχίην, ὁμαιχμίην τισί, Hdt.2.181, 8.140.á;τὰς ξυνθήκας ἂς ξυνέθεντο IG12.117.4
, cf. 116.27, al.;εἰρήνην Isoc. 15.109
; σ. ναῦλον agree upon the fare, X. An.5.1.12; ταῦτα συνθέμενοι having agreed on these points, Th.3.114, cf. Ar.Lys. 178, Plu.Alc.31;ξυνέθεσθε κοινῇ τάδε E.Ba. 807
, cf. 808; so withD.
, Hdt.3.157;σ. Ἴωσι ξεινίην Id.1.27
;μισθόν τινι Pl.Grg. 520c
;σ. τι πρός τινα Hdt.7.145
, etc.:—[voice] Pass., τοῦ συντεθέντος χρόνου agreed upon, Pl.Phdr. 254d.2 c. inf., covenant, agree to do,συνέθευ παρέχειν φωνάν Pi.P.11.41
(dub. l.);σ. ἀλλήλοις μήτ' ἀδικεῖν μήτ' ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.R. 359a
, cf. And. 4.18, Arist.Pol. 1257a35: c. inf. [tense] fut.,ξυνέθεντο ἥξειν Th.6.65
; σ. τινί folld. by inf. [tense] fut.,συνθέμενοι ἡμῖν.. ἀντιώσεσθαι Hdt.9.7
.β, cf. And.1.42: an inf. must be supplied in the phrases, κατὰ (i.e. καθ' ἃ) συνεθήκαντο, καθ' ὅτι ἂν συνθῶνται, etc., Hdt.3.86, Foed. ap. Th.5.18: alsoσ. ὡς.. Hdt.6.84
;ὡς δεῖ ἕκαστα γίγνεσθαι X.HG5.4.2
.3 abs., make a covenant,ἔβαν συνθέμενος Pi.N.4.75
(constr. uncertain in Alc.Supp.5.11): c. dat., Hdt.6.115, X.An.1.9.7, POxy.1668.12 (iii A.D.);αὐτὸς σαυτῷ συνέθου Pl.Cra. 435a
; συνθέσθαι πρός τινα come to terms with him, Decr. ap. D.18.187, POxy.908.18 (ii/iii A.D.);περί τινος πρὸς ἀλλήλους D.S.1.98
; also, bet, wager, Thphr. HP9.17.2, Men.Epit. 288;πρός τινας Plu.Alc.8
.4 vote with, support,τούτοις Lys.Fr.68
, cf. Call.Epigr.1.14, D.H.Isoc.18, Paus. 4.15.2;τοῖς ἀπὸ Ἡροφίλου Sor.2.53
; assent to,πᾶσι τοῖς προκειμένοις PFay.34.20
(ii A.D.); (iii A.D.).5 conclude, infer (cf. A. IV), Stoic.2.63, Phld.Sign.2, al.:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ὕστερον -τεθησόμενα ib.28.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συντίθημι
-
3 καθίημι
A (lyr.): [tense] aor. 1 καθῆκα, [dialect] Ep.καθέηκα Il.24.642
: [ per.] 2 dual [tense] aor. 2 : [tense] pf.καθεῖκα Lysipp.1
, D.29.46: (v. ἵημι):—let fall, drop, send down, κὰδ δὲ [ κεραυνὸν]..ἧκε Χαμᾶζε Il.8.134
; ; οἶνον λαυκανίης καθέηκα I have sent the wine down my throat, 24.642; καθίετε ἵππους ἐν δίνῃσι sink them in the stream, as an offering to the river-god, 21.132; [ ἱστία] ἐς νῆας κάθεμεν we let them down, lowered them, Od.9.72;λαῖφος καθήσειν A.Eu.
l.c.; σχοίνῳ σπυρίδα κ. let it down by a cord, Hdt.5.16; σῶμα πύργων κ. E.Tr. 1011; κοντὸν ἐς [ τὴν λίμνην] κ. Hdt.4.195;ἐμαυτὸν εἰς ἅλα E.Hel. 1614
; ὅπλα εἰς ἅλἀ ib. 1375; (so metaph.τοῦτον τὸν λόγον καθεῖκε D.29.46
); ;νάρθηκ' ἐς πέδον Id.Ba. 706
; κ. σπονδάς pour them, Id.IA60; τὸν κλῆρον ἐς μέσον καθείς, of putting lots into a helmet or urn, S.Aj. 1285;ἄγκυραν Hdt. 7.36
; ; κατιεμένην καταπειρητηρίην, of a sounding-line, Hdt.2.28: abs., καθιέναι reach by sounding, sound,οὐδεὶς καθεὶς ἐδυνήθη πέρας εὑρεῖν Arist.Mete. 351a13
: Medic., [ αὐλίσκον] pass a catheter, Ruf.Ren.Ves.7.11; οἵαν πρόφασιν καθῆκε ( παρὰ προσδοκίαν for οἷον ἄγκιστρον) Ar.V. 174; λόγους συμβατηρίους κ. make offers of peace, D.C.41.47; κ. πεῖραν make an attempt, Ael. VH2.13, NA1.57; εἰς ὤμους κ. κόμας let one's hair flow loose, E. Ba. 695, cf. IT52; κ. πώγωνα let one's beard grow long, Ar.Ec. 100, cf. Th. 841, Arr.Epict.2.23.21 ([voice] Pass.,τὰς τρίχας καθειμέναι Crates Com.27
;πώγωνα καθειμένος Plu.Phoc.10
;τὸ γένειον αὐτῷ καθεῖτο Ael.VH11.10
); [ αἱ ὄϊες]μείζω τὰ οὔθατα καθιᾶσιν Arist.HA 596a24
([voice] Pass., of a mare's udder, Hdt.4.2); also τείχη καθεῖναι ἐς θάλασσαν carry them down to the sea, Th.5.52 ([voice] Pass.,καθεῖτο τείχη 4.103
); καθῆκε τὰ σκέλη let down his legs, of one who had been lying, Pl.Phd. 61c; κατ' ἀμφοῖν ἄμφω (sc. τὰ σκέλη) καθέντος, of a wrestler, Gal.6.143; κ. δόρατα let down one's pike, bring it to the rest, X.An.6.5.25; κ. τὰς κώπας let down the oars, so as to stop the ship's way, Th.2.91; rarely of striking, ; ; κ. πρὸς γαῖαν γόνυ to kneel down, Id.Hec. 561; ; κ. τινὰ ἐς ὕπνον let him fall asleep, Id.HF 1006;εἰς κίνδυνον ἐμαυτόν D.H.5.27
; [ πώλους]ἐς λειμώνων Χλόην E.IA 423
; of a general, κ. στρατόπεδα εἰς.. let them march into.., Plb.3.70.11;εἰς τὸ πεδίον τὴν δύναμιν Id.3.92.7
; κ. ἐπί τινας τόπους ἐνέδρας lay an ambush, Id.4.63.9:—[voice] Pass., stretch down seawards,ὄρεα μέχρι πρὸς τὴν θάλατταν καθειμένα Pl. Criti. 118a
;ἕως γῆς τοῦ πρηστῆρος καθιεμένου Epicur.Ep.2p.47U.
, cf. p.51 U.; τὸ καθειμένον τῆς φωνῆς low tone of voice, Hdn.5.2.3.2 send down into the arena, enter for racing, ἅρματα, ζεύγη, Th.6.16, Isoc.16.34; of plays, produce, Eratosth. ap. Sch.Ar.Nu. 552 ([voice] Pass.);διδασκαλίαν Plu.Cim.8
; so ἔδοξε τοῖς πρυτάνεσι.. γνώμας καθεῖναι (Com. for προθεῖναι) Ar.Ec. 397; κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν λογοποιοὺς κ. D.24.15: freq. in later Greek in a general sense, set in motion, employ, Luc.DMeretr.7.4;κ. ἔς τινας ὑποψίας Philostr.VA6.38
; φίλους καὶ ῥήτορας κ. employ them, Plu.Per.7, cf. Philostr.VA4.42:—[voice] Pass., to be put in motion, .II intr., swoop down like a wind,λαμπρὸς καὶ μέγας καθιείς Ar.Eq. 430
; of rivers, run down,ἑκατέρωσε μέχρι τοῦ μέσου Pl.Phd. 112e
; κ. εἰς γόνυ sink on the knee, Plu.Ant.45; κ. εἰς ἀγῶνα, Lat. descendere in arenam, Id.2.616d, Luc.Alex.6; κ. ἐς Ῥόδον arrive there, v.l. for κατῆγεν, Polyaen.5.17.2.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > καθίημι
-
4 λόγος
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:1 account of money handled,σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143;οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
;λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
;ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
;τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
;ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); alsoΚαίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
;λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.;λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
;παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
;λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.;λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
;ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt.,Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
;τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94;περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115;λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
;λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
;λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.II relation, correspondence, proportion,1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
;κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
;ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18;ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
;λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3;τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; soκατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
;ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
;χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
;σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων); ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
;ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
;ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;ἔχει λ. D.44.32
;οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
;δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; ;λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
;οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.;οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.3 law, rule of conduct,ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
;πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.5 reason, ground,πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
;οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγουτε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
;ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
;τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4;πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
;ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot.,τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so withoutσπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
;οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
;οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.IV inward debate of the soul (cf.λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e;ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
;τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
;μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
;οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
;ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
;οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).b creative reason,ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
;ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
;οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.2 legend,ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
;λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.3 tale, story,ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.;συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d);περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
;ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
;τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
;τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf.λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).a pl., without Art., talk,τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
;αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
;ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.b sg., expression, phrase,πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514;μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
;ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
;ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782;λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
;οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
;οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
;ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
;ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.2 common talk, report, tradition,ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
;λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
;οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
;διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
;λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.b rumour,ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
;λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
;πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
;ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.;λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.3 discussion, debate, deliberation,πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
;συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
;οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; ;οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
;διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
;ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
;ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
;κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
;δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
;διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech,ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.;ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
;οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
;πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature,οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).VII a particular utterance, saying:1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
;οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
;ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
;ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
;οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
;ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a;ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; alsoπρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).b in Art, subject of a painting,ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
;λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ;ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
;λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
;μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
;ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
. -
5 λόγος
λόγος, ου, ὁ (verbal noun of λέγω in the sense ‘pick’; Hom.+).① a communication whereby the mind finds expression, wordⓐ of utterance, chiefly oral.α. as expression, word (oratorical ability plus exceptional performance were distinguishing marks in Hellenic society, hence the frequent association of λ. and ἔργον ‘deed’; a sim. formulation as early as Il. 9, 443 μύθων τε ῥητῆρʼ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργω; Just., A II, 4, 2 ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ and D. 35, 7 λόγον ἢ πρᾶξιν) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ, i.e. an exceptional personage Lk 24:19; pl. of Moses Ac 7:22 (the contrast expressed w. a verb Choix 20, 6–8 ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ὄτι δύναται καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ of Apollordorus, a benefactor in Cyzicus, a flourishing city in Phrygia; sim. New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 8f πολιτευόμενος … λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ; cp. IKourion 32, 8; without contrast Diod S 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς; for sim. constructions using λέγω and πράσσω s. Danker, Benefactor 339–43). Cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; Hb 13:21 v.l.; 1J 3:18 (cp. Theognis 1, 87f Diehl3 μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ … ἀληθείᾳ cp. Diod S 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word Judaicon 172, 9. W. γνῶσις: ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5 (cp. Ar. 13, 7 of mythical accounts οὐδέν εἰσιν εἰ μὴ μόνον λόγοι ‘they’re nothing but words’). W. ἐπιστολή: 2 Th 2:2, 15. W. ἀναστροφή: 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. Opp. ‘be silent’: IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cp. Lk 7:7 (Ath. 17, 1 ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν; 29, 2; Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν; cp. schol. on Pla. 341a ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cp. 15:23 (cp. TestAbr A 16 p. 98, 11 [Stone p. 44] οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον).— The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16 (a rare use of λ. as ‘single utterance’, s. L-S-J-M s.v. VII).—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’; s. Conzelmann ad loc.).β. The expression may take on a variety of formulations or topical nuances: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cp. TestJob 36:5; GrBar 5:1; ApcSed 13:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 99) Mt 21:24; cp. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. W. κήρυγμα our manner of presentation and our proclamation 1 Cor 2:4a (but s. comm.). (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32. Command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7; via a letter 2 Th 3:14. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod S 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod S 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian, Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod S 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Tat. 27, 2 τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέα λόγου) Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127) 7:17; J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cp. Pla., Epinomis 987b ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phdr. 17, 240c, Symp. 18, 195b, Gorg. 54, 499c, Leg. 6, 5, 757a; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 7 ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ὁ λ. foll. by a proverb). Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 20:7; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. In Ac18:15 ζητήματα περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου the sense appears to be someth. like this: controversial issues involving disputes about words and your way of life with λ. prob. referring to the presentation of controversial subjects, which in turn arouses heated ζητήματα debates. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 1 Cor 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως vs. 8b. Cp. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. λ. μαρτυρίας word of witness Rv 12:11. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9; the opp. 2 Ti 2:17. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod S 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cp. 20:2. λ. κολακείας flattering speech 1 Th 2:5. Speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2.—Of God’s word, command, commission (LXX; ParJer 5:19 κατηχῆσαι αὐτοὺς τὸν λόγον; SyrBar 13:2; ApcSed 14:10; Just., D. 84, 2; Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 (v.l. νόμον, ἐντολήν); cp. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9 (but these two vss., and Gal 5:14 below, prob. fit better under 2a), 28 (Is 10:22f). Cp. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 4b); 7:28; 12:19. For B 15:1 see 1aδ. The whole law (as the expr. εἴ τι ἑτέρα ἐντολή indicates not limited to a narrow list of commandments), acc. to Ro 13:9. In what is prob. a play on words (s. 2a and b), Gal 5:14 (s. 2a below) is summed up in the λόγος as expressed in Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so SibOr 3, 20; PtK 2; πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεός Theoph. Ant. 2, 18 [144, 8]), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. The divine word as judge of thoughts Hb 4:12. τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 17:17; cp. 19:9.—Of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers (Just., A I, 61, 9 λόγον … παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμάθομεν τοῦτον) θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cp. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5. The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24; 19:20; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 7c; for prob. commercial metaph. s. 2a below); 13:44 v.l. (for κυρίου); 16:32 v.l.; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; 20:4; IPhld 11:1. Cp. 1 Th 2:13ab; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to humanity through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cp. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3, 20b; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cp. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24 v.l.; 13:44, 48f; 14:25 v.l.; 15:35, 36; 16:32 (cp. λ. θεοῦ); 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1. Pl. Mk 8:38 (Lk 9:26); 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Lk 24:44; s. also 1aδ.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, for no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20–23; Mk 2:2; 4:14–20, 33; 8:32 (s. 1aε below); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36 (on the syntax s. FNeirynck, ETL 60, ’84, 118–23); 11:19; 14:25 (cp. λ. κυρίου above); 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Phil 1:14; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21ff; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7; AcPl Ha 7, 6 (so also Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 2, 3).—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the reign/rule (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 3a) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας (Theoph. Ant. 3, 4 [p. 212, 2]; cp. περὶ ἀληθείας Hippol., Ref. 10, 6, 1) Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18; AcPl Ha 8, 8 (Just., D. 121, 2). τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cp. Marcellinus, Vi. Thu. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv 3:10 the gospel is described by the ‘One who has the key of David’ as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c). λ. τῶν ὑ[πο]μονῶν AcPl Ha 6, 11. παρελάβετε τὸν λ. ὅτι AcPl Ha 8, 25.—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν, and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cp. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13 (on medicinal use of words for the mind or soul s. VLeinieks, The City of Dionysos ’96, 115–22, on Eur.).—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6. On λόγοι κυριακοί for λόγια κυριακά in the title of the Papias document s. ἐξήγησις 2.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, diss. Bonn 1910; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).γ. of an individual declaration or remark: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12; cp. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 29 [Stone p. 38] τὸν λ. τοῦτον; ApcMos 25 εἰς τὸν λόγον σου κρινῶ σε). Cp. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; 22:61 v.l. (for ῥήματος); J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36, 40 v.l.; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 20:38; 22:22; 1 Th 4:15. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever utters a (defamatory) word against the Son of Humanity Mt 12:32 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81); cp. Lk 12:10. λόγος σαπρός unwholesome talk Eph 4:29. λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cp. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86).δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used, on the one hand, of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches or instruction given here and there by humans or transcendent beings (TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 19 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 4, 264; Just., D. 100, 3) ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37ab; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. On the word-deed pair cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes; s. α above). οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cp. 91f; Did., Gen. 36, 10) B 15:1. Ac 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19ab; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; AcPl Ox 6, 13 (cp. Aa 1, 241, 14); Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10.—Also of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 11, 5; 81, 3 al.), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod S 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37 [54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι; PsSol 17:43 [words of the Messiah]; AscIs 3:12 οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Βελχειρά) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cp. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47; 9:28, 44. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17; J 7:40 (s. γ); 10:19; J 14:24a; 19:13; Ac 2:22; 5:5, 24; 16:36; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. λόγοις φθοριμαίοις AcPlCor 1:2.ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cp. Hebr. דָּבָר) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10; cp. Mt. 21:24 (s. 1aβ beg.). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cp. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (2d is also prob.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1aβ above).ⓑ of literary or oratorical productions: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127d ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ …) treatise Ac 1:1 (s. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWT 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her 46, 1911, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176–82; Goodsp., Probs. 119–21). Παπίας … πέντε λόγους κυριακῶν λογίων ἔγραψεν Papias (11:1; cp. 3:1 e; 11:2; 12:2).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαί̈ου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); AcPl Ha 8, 27/BMM recto 35 (Just., D. 77, 2 al.). ὁ ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαί̈ου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle 335a πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις; TestJob 1:1 βίβλος λόγων Ἰώβ; ParJer 9:32 v.l. τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἱερεμίου; ApcEsdr 1:1 καὶ ἀποκάλυψις τοῦ … Ἐσδράμ; ApcSed prol.; Just., D. 72, 3f).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f.② computation, reckoningⓐ a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions, and freq. with fig. extension of commercial terminology account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod S 3, 46, 4; SIG 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120; Just., D. 115, 6) give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Just., D. 116, 1 al.; Diod S 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod S 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Chariton 7, 6, 2; SIG 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209) τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινὸς of someth. (SIG 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307) Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.; on the subject of undergoing an audit cp. Aeschin. 3, 22). Likew. περί τινος (Diod S 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cp. Pla., Pol. 285e; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 30; Apc4Esdr Fgm. b ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔργου τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτηθήσεται; Just., A I, 17, 4. For another perspective s. d below.).—Of banking responsibility ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (PStras 72, 10 [III A.D.] ὁ τῶν θεῶν λ.; PHerm 108 [III A.D.] λ. τοῦ Σαραπείου) in wordplay Ac 6:2 (w. τράπεζα q.v. 1c); s. also 1aβ.—Of a ledger heading (POxy 1333 [II/III A.D.] δὸς αὐτῳ λόγῳ θεωρικῶν=credit him under ‘festivals’; for others s. Preisig., Wörterbuch s.v. λ. 14; s. also Fachwörter 119) Ro 9:6 (the point is that God’s ‘list’ of Israelites is accurate; on ἐκπίπτω in the sense ‘is not deficient’ s. s.v. 4); vs. 9 (the ‘count’ is subsumed by metonymy in divine promise); Gal 5:14 (all moral obligations come under one ‘entry’: ‘you shall love your neighbor as yourself’; for commercial association of ἀναλίσκω vs. 15, which rounds out the wordplay, s. s.v.). The contexts of these three passages suggest strong probability for commercial associations; for another view s. 1aβ.ⓑ settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cp. Plut., Mor. 11b λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν; a parallel formulation POxy 1134,10 [421 A.D.] λ. λήμματος καὶ ἐξοδιασμοῦ=ledger of income and expenditures); for the linked accounting terms δόσις and λήμψις s. PCairMasp 151, 208 [VI A.D.]. The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay109, 6 [I A.D.]; POxy 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19.ⓒ reflection, respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ath. 31, 1; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1.ⓓ reason for or cause of someth., reason, ground, motive (Just., D. 94, 3 δότε μοι λόγον, ὅτου χάριν … ; Ath. 30, 3 τὶς γὰρ … λόγος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγω; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cp. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Pt 3:15 (but s. a above); κατὰ λόγον Ac 18:14 (s. κατά B 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (though 1aε is also poss.).ⓔ πρὸς ὸ̔ν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (Dio Chrys. 31, 123; other exx. in FBleek, Hb II/1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2.ⓕ In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may= make a case for wisdom (cp. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς Plut., Mor. 870b).③ the independent personified expression of God, the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): GJs 11:2 (word of the angel to Mary) συνλήμψῃ ἐκ Λόγου αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ πάντων Δεσπότου). J 1:1abc, 14 (cp. Just., A I, 23, 2; Mel., P. 9, 61 and oft. by all apolog., exc.. Ar.). It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus (s. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263–81.—Λόγος w. ζωή in gnostic speculation: Iren.1, 1, 1 [Harv. 1, 10, 4]; Aelian, VH 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II A.D.]: Vorsokr. 80 A 1 ln. 22 [in Diog. L. 9, 50] of Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cp. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence (i.e., without an oral pronouncement: in a transcendent manner) IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PtK 1. Cp. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 81–93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG3 I, ’54 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA 1905, 930–35; AvHarnack, SBBerlAk 1915, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT4 ’33, 309–11; AGreiff, TQ 114, ’33, 465–80; CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46; WThiele, ZNW 50, ’59, 61–73) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 v.l. (s. N. app.; Borger, TRu 52, ’87, 57f). (Such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Il. 2, 557.—τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 19].)—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 24 1903, 417–34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe (Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1–75); AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1907, 83–111; (2 ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne 1907; ESchwartz, NGG 1908, 537–56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, 1913, 365–419; 557–602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel 1917, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: BJRL 7, 1, 1922 p. 56–72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, 1923, 161–84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321–71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII 1926, 1035–81; TGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231–38.—NWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada 1901, 29–90; Billerb. II 302–33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen 1901, 47–132, Mysterienrel.3 1927, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos1914, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel Festschr., 1923, II 1–26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; AAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, 1925, 394–99; 467–72; (Rtzst. and) HSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, 306–37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105–23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438–47; GKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120–29. TW IV 76–89; 126–40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126–31); CStange, ZST 21, ’50, 120–41; MBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91–94; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen Festschr., ’64, 109–34; HWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216–82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, TZ 31, ’75, 321–36; HLausberg, NAWG, Ph. ’87, 1 pp. 1–7.—B. 1262. DELG s.v. λέγω B 1. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
6 λαμβάνω
A , al. (Milet., iv/iii B. C.), 5597.11 (Ephesus, iii B. C.), corrupted to λάμψομαι in Mss. of Hdt.1.199; [dialect] Dor.[tense] fut.[ per.] 2sg.λαψῇ Epich.34.2
, Theoc.1.4,10, inf.λαμψεῖσθαι PSI9.1091.19
; Hellenisticλήμψομαι PPar.14.47
(ii B. C.), CIG4224c (add.) ([place name] Telmessus), 4244 ([place name] Tlos), al.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔλᾰβον, [dialect] Ep.ἔλλᾰβον Il.24.170
, etc.; [dialect] Ion. Iterat. , Hdt.4.78, 130; imper.λαβέ Il.1.407
, etc.; written λάβε in [voice] Med. Ms. of A.Eu. 130, but λαβέ [dialect] Att.acc. to Hdn. Gr.1.431: [tense] pf. , Ar.Ra. 591 (lyr.), etc. (dub.in Archil. 143); [dialect] Ion., [dialect] Dor., Arc.λελάβηκα Hdt.4.79
, IG42(1).121.68 (Epid., iv B. C.), 5(2).6.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), also Eup.426; inf.λελαβήκειν IG 42(1).121.59
(Epid.), PSI9.1091.7: [tense] plpf.εἰλήφειν Th.2.88
, [dialect] Ion.[ per.] 3sg. λελαβήκεε v.l. in Hdt.3.42 ( κατα-); [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf. subj. [ per.] 3sg. ([etym.] παρ-) ([place name] Crete):—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 ἐλαβόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἐλλ-, Od. 5.325, etc.; [dialect] Ep. redupl.λελαβέσθαι 4.388
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ληφθήσομαι S.Ph.68
, Th.6.91,κατα-λελήψομαι Aristid.Or.54p.677D.
: [tense] aor. , etc.; [dialect] Ion. (Milet., v B. C.), ( κατ-) GDI5532.7 ([place name] Zeleia),ἐλάμφθην Hdt.2.89
, 6.92, 7.239 (- λάφθ- by erasure in cod. B); Hellenisticἐλήμφθην IG14.1320
, Ev.Marc. 16.19 (ἀν-); [dialect] Dor.ἐλάφθην Archim.Aren.1.13
: [tense] pf.εἴλημμαι D.24.49
, Ar.Pl. 455; but in Trag.usu. λέλημμαι, A.Ag. 876, E. Ion 1113, IA 363 (troch.), Cyc. 433, cf. Ar.Ec. 1090 ( δια-); so later προ-λέληπτε (sic) Supp.Epigr.2.769 ([place name] Dura); [dialect] Ion. λέλαμμαι ( ἀπο-) Hdt.9.51, ( δια-) 3.117; inf.ἀνα-λελάφθαι Hp.Off.11
(acc. to many codd., Hsch.and Erot., - λελάμφθαι vulg.); [dialect] Ion.[ per.] 3pl.λελήφαται An.Ox.1.268
; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf.imper.λελάφθω Archim. Con.Sph.3
, al.:—in the [tense] fut., [tense] aor. [voice] Pass., and [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. the a is short by nature in [dialect] Ion., prob. long in [dialect] Dor. and in Doricized Hellenistic forms such asλαμψοῦνται Test.Epict.5.14
,λάμψεσθαι IG5(1).1390.67
(Andania, i B. C.); it is marked long in [dialect] Aeol.λᾱμψεται Alc.Supp.5.9
:—of these tenses Hom. uses only [tense] aor. [voice] Act., and [tense] aor.[voice] Med. twice (v. supr.); the Homeric [tense] pres. is λάζομαι. —The word has two main senses, one (more active) take; the other (more passive) receive:I take,1 take hold of, grasp, seize,μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία Od.6.81
: freq. with χειρί or χερσί added,χειρὶ χεῖρα λαβόντες Il.21.286
;χερμάδιον λάβε χειρί 5.302
;χείρεσσι λαβὼν περιμήκεα κοντόν Od.9.487
;ἐν χείρεσσι λάβ' ἡνία Il.8.116
;ἐν χεροῖν λ. S.OT 913
;διὰ χερῶν λαβών Id.Ant. 916
; ;ἐν ἀγκάλαις A.Supp. 481
, etc.; of an eagle,λ. ἄγραν ποσίν Pi.N.3.81
: c.acc. of the thing seized,λ. γούνατα Il.24.465
; but also c. acc. of whole, gen. of part seized, τὴν πτέρυγος λάβεν caught her by the wing, 2.316; ;γούνων λαβὼν κούρην Od. 6.142
;λ. τινὰ τῆς ζώνης X.An.1.6.10
, etc.: sts. c. gen. only, ἀγκὰς ἀλλήλων λαβέτην χερσί they took hold of one another with their arms, Il.23.711:—freq. in [voice] Med., v. infr. B.b take by violence, carry off as prize or booty, Il.5.273, 8.191, Hdt.4.130, S.Ph.68 ([voice] Pass.), 1431, etc.; capture a city, Plb.1.24.11, 3.61.8;ἐκ πόλιος.. ἀλόχους καὶ κτήματα Od.9.41
; of lions,λαβὼν κρατεροῖσιν ὀδοῦσιν Il.11.114
;ἵνα δαῖτα λάβῃσιν 24.43
; of an eagle, 17.678; of a dolphin, 21.24.c λ. δίκην take, exact punishment, Lys.1.29,34, Isoc.4.181; , etc. (rarely for δοῦναι δίκην, v.infr.11.1 e);λ. τιμωρίαν D.18.280
.2 of passions, feelings, etc., seize,μένος ἔλλαβε θυμόν Il.23.468
;Ἀτρεΐωνα.. χόλος λάβεν 1.387
; ;τὸν δὲ τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα 24.170
, al.;δὴν δέ μιν ἀμφασίη ἐπέων λάβε Od.4.704
;τοὺς Ἀθηναίους θάρσος ἔλαβε Th.2.92
;ἄχος X.Cyr. 5.5.6
; ; ἐπειδὴ καιρὸς ἐλάμβανε when the occasion came to them, i.e. occurred, Th.2.34, D.C.44.19; of fevers and sudden illnesses, attack, Hp.Morb.1.19, Th.2.49, Ar.Ec. 417, etc. (cf. λάζομαι, λῆψις):—[voice] Pass., λαμβάνεσθαι νόσῳ, ὑπὸ [νόσου], S.Tr. 446, Hdt.1.138;ἔρωτι X.Cyr.6.1.31
, etc. (reversely of the person, λ. θυμόν, etc., v. infr.11.3).b of a deity, seize, possess, τινα Hdt.4.79:—[voice] Pass.,τῇ Ῥέᾳ λαμβάνονται Luc.Nigr.37
.c of darkness, etc., occupy, possess, .3 catch, overtake, as an enemy, Il.5.159, 11.106, 126, etc.;λ. τινὰ στείχοντα θύραζε Od.9.418
;ζῶντες ἐλάμφθησαν Hdt.9.119
; simply, find, come upon, S.OT 1031, E. Ion 1339.4 catch, find out, detect, Hdt.2.89 ([voice] Pass.); ποίῳ λαβών σε Ζεὺς ἐπ' αἰτιάματι; A.Pr. 196;τὸν αὐτόχειρα τοῦ φόνου λ. S.OT 266
: freq. c. part., κἂν λάβῃς ἐψευσμένον ib. 461;κλέπτοντα Κλέωνα λάβοιμι Ar.V. 759
;λ. τινὰ ψευδόμενον Pl.R. 389d
;τοῦτον ὑβρίζοντα λαβόντες D.21.97
: with Adj.,ὅπως μὴ λήψομαί σε προπετῆ Men.Epit. 570
:—[voice] Pass.,δρῶσ' ἐλήφθης S.Tr. 808
; ; ;ἐλήφθη μοιχός Lys.13.66
: in good sense, .5 λ. τινὰ πίστι καὶ ὁρκίοισι bind him by.., Hdt.3.74;ἀραῖον λαβεῖν τινα S.OT 276
codd.6 c. dupl. acc., take as, λαβὼν πρόβλημα σαυτοῦ παῖδα τόνδ' Id.Ph. 1007; ξυμπαραστάτην λ. τινά ib. 675;τοὺς Ἕλληνας λ. συναγωνιζομένους Isoc.5.86
.7 τὴν Ἴδην λαβὼν ἐς ἀριστερὴν χεῖρα taking, keeping Ida to your left (nisi leg. λαβών, ἐς ..) Hdt.7.42;ἐν δεξιᾷ λ. τὴν Σικελίαν Th.7.1
; λ. τὸ στρατόπεδον κατὰ νώτου take in rear, i.e. be behind, Hdt.1.75; cf.ἀπείργω 11.2
, ἔχω (A) A.1.7.8 λ. Ἑλληνίδα ἐσθῆτα assume it, Id.4.78, cf. 2.37;λ. ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
.9 apprehend by the senses,ὄμμασιν θέαν S. Ph. 537
, cf. 656; πρόσφθεγμά τινος ib. 234;ὁρᾶται, ἢ ἄλλῃ τινὶ αἰσθήσει λαμβάνεται Pl.R. 524d
.b apprehend with the mind, understand,φρενὶ λ. τὸν λόγον Hdt.9.10
;νόῳ Id.3.41
;τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl. Prm. 143a
;λ. ἐν ταῖς γνώμαις βεβαίως X.Cyr.3.3.51
;ἐν νῷ Plb.2.35.6
: abs.,λ. τὴν ἀλήθειαν Antipho 1.6
;μνήμην παρὰ τῆς φήμης λ. Lys.2.3
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 246d, etc.c with Adv. added, take, i.e. understand in a certain manner,ταύτῃ ταῦτα ἐλάμβανον Hdt.7.142
;λάβετε [τοὺς λόγους] μὴ πολεμίως Th.4.17
; τὸ πρᾶγμα μειζόνως ἐλάμβανον took it more seriously, Id.6.27, cf. 61;ὀρθῶς λ. τὸν φιλοκερδῆ Pl.Hipparch. 227c
; λ. τι οὕτω, ὧδε, Arist.SE 174b27, Rh.Al. 1423a4;ὀργῇ καὶ φόβῳ τὸ γεγονὸς λ. Plu.Alc.18
: with παρά c.acc., λαμβάνω σε παρὰ βουκόλον .. PMag.Par.1.2434:—[voice] Pass., τρίτου καθεστῶσαι ἐπὶ πρώτου λαμβάνονται are used for the first person, A.D.Pron.78.22; with ἐς, εἰ ἐς κόρην λαμβάνοιτο be taken for a girl, Philostr.Im.2.32: less freq. c. dupl. acc., ὡς μεθυστικὰς λ. [τὰς ἁρμονίας] Arist.Pol. 1342b25, cf. S.E.P.1.179;τῆς νίκης ἆθλον τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τῆς πολιτείας λ. Arist.Pol. 1296a31
;τοῦτο λ. γιγνόμενον Id.Mete. 346a7
; alsoλ. περί τινος τί ἐστι Id.EN 1142a32
, cf. 1140a24, al.: also c. inf.,λ. τι εἶναί τι Id.Mete. 389a29
, al.: with a relat. clause, οὕτω δεῖ λαμβάνειν, ἀλλ' οὐχ ὅτι .. Id.Metaph. 1053a27, cf. Str.2.5.1;εἰλήφθω ὁ ἄδικος ποσαχῶς λέγεται Arist.EN 1129a31
: in bad sense,πρὸς δέους λ. τι Plu.Flam.7
;πρὸς ἀτιμίας Id.Cic.13
;λ. δι' οἴκτου E. Supp. 194
; but also ἐν χάριτι καὶ δωρεᾷ λ. receive as a favour, Plb.1.31.6.d in Logic, assume, take for granted,ἅπαν ζῷον λαμβάνει ἢ θνητὸν ἢ ἀθάνατον Arist.APr. 46b6
; λ. τὰς περὶ ἕκαστον ἀρχάς ib. 53a2, etc.:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ληφθέντα ib. 26b30; αἱ εἰλημμέναι προτάσεις ib. 33a15, cf. Phld.Rh.2.46 S., Sign.35, Oec.p.5 J., S.E.P.2.89.e take, i.e. determine, estimate,τὴν ξυμμέτρησιν τῶν κλιμάκων Th.3.20
;ἐντεῦθεν τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων Lycurg.66
;τὴν τιμωρίαν ποθεινοτέραν λ. Th.2.42
.10 take in hand, undertake (cf. ληπτέον) , λ. τι ἐπὶ τὸ σωφρονέστερον, opp. συνταχύνειν, Hdt.3.71; μηδένα πόνον λαβόντες without taking any trouble, Id.7.24;παλαισμάτων λ. φροντίδα Pi.N.10.22
.11 take in, hold, τὸ στρατόπεδον πεζοὺς λ. περὶ τετρακισχιλίους Plb.3.107.10.12 part. λαβών freq. seems pleonastic, but adds dramatic effect, λαβὼν κύσε χεῖρα took and kissed, Od.24.398, cf. Il.21.36: so in Trag. and Com., τί μ' οὐ λαβὼν ἔκτεινας; S.OT 1391, cf. 641;τῆ νῦν τόδε πῖθι λαβών Cratin.141
, etc.b ingressive of ἔχων ( ἔχω (A) A.1.6),ἑτάρους τε λ. καὶ νῆα.. ἦλθον Od. 15.269
, cf. S.Tr. 259.II receive,1 have given one, get, receive, prop. of things (AB 106),ἄποινα Il.6.427
;τὰ πρῶτα 23.275
; , v. infr.e;παρὰ βασιλέος δῶρα Hdt.8.10
, cf. Ar. Eq. 439;πρός τινος S.El.12
, etc.;ἀπὸ τῶν συκοφαντῶν X.Mem.2.9.4
; gain, win,κλέος Od.1.298
, S.Ph. 1347, etc.;ἀρετάν Pi.O.8.6
;κόσμον Id.N.3.31
codd. (v.l. ἔλαχες Sch.); , etc.; πρὸς τὸ μνηστεύεσθαι λ. ἡλικίαν attain.., Isoc.10.39;λ. νόστον E.IT 1016
, etc.;λ. τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης Isoc.5.61
; ; ; ; : also in bad sense,λ. ὀνείδη S.OT 1494
;συμφοράν E.Med.43
; (lyr.); γέλωτα μωρίαν τε incur.., Id. Ion 600;αἰτίαν ἀπό τινος Th.2.18
, etc.:—for λ. θυμόν, etc., v. supr.1.2 et infr. 3.b receive hospitably, Od.7.255, cf. S.OC 284 ([etym.] ἔλαβες τὸν ἱκέτην ἐχέγγυον) which approaches this sense; καλῶς λ. τινά treat well, BGU843.10 (i/ii A. D.).c receive in marriage, Hdt.1.199, 9.108, E.Fr.953.27, X. HG4.1.14, Isoc.10.39, PEleph.1.2 (iv B. C.), Men.Pk. 436; τοῖς λαμβάνουσιν ἐξ αὐτῶν, i.e. those who married their daughters, SIG1044.14 (Halic., iv/iii B. C.); also of the father taking a daughter-in-law,τῷ υἱῷ λ. τινά Men.Pk. 447
.e λ. δίκην receive, i.e. suffer, punishment, Hdt.1.115; τὴν ἀξίην λ. get one's deserts, Id.7.39; ;λ. ζημίας D.11.11
.f λ. ὅρκον receive an oath, Arist. Rh. 1377a8;λ. πιστά X.An.3.2.5
, al.; λ. λόγον demand an account, τινος for a thing, παρά τινος from a person, Id.Cyr.1.4.3, D.8.47.h receive as produce, profit, etc.,οἶνον ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου Ar.Nu. 1123
; [χρήματα] ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς Pl.R. 347b
; λ. ἑκατὸν τῆς δραχμῆς, ὀβολοῦ, purchase for.., Ar. Pax 1263, Ra. 1235, cf. Nu. 1395; πόθεν ἄν τις τοῦτο τὸ χρῖμα λάβοι; X.Smp.2.4.i λ. πεῖράν τινος, v. πεῖρα.3 of persons conceiving feelings and the like , λ. θυμόν take heart, Od. 10.461: freq. in periphrasis, λ. φόβον, = φοβεῖσθαι, S.OC 729; αἰδῶ λ., = αἰδεῖσθαι, Id.Aj. 345; λ. ὀργήν, = ὀργίζεσθαι, E.Supp. 1050: so generally λ. ἀρχήν, = ἄρχεσθαι, Id.IA 1124; λ. ὕψος, ἐπίδοσιν, αὔξησιν, = ὑψοῦσθαι, ἐπιδιδόναι, αὐξάνεσθαι, Th.1.91, Isoc.4.10, Arist.GA 732b5, etc.;λ. κακόν τι Ar.Nu. 1310
; λ. νόσον take a disease, Pl.R. 610d; λ. μορφήν, τέλος, etc., Arist.GA 762a13, 744a21, etc.; αἱ οἰκίαι ἐπάλξεις λαμβάνουσαι receiving battlements, having battlements added, Th.4.69, cf. 115.4 c. inf., receive permission to.., SIG996.6 (Smyrna, i A. D.).B [voice] Med., take hold of, lay hold on, c. gen., [ σχεδίης] Od.5.325; τῆς κεφαλῆς, τῶν γουνάτων, Hdt.4.64, 9.76; , etc.;τοῦ βωμοῦ And.1.126
, etc.: c. dupl.gen.,μου λαβόμενος τῆς χειρός Pl. Chrm. 153b
.2 seize and keep hold of, obtain possession of, ; καιροῦ λαβόμενος seizing the opportunity, Is.2.28;λ. ἀληθείας Pl.Plt. 309d
: rarely c. acc.,τόν.. λελαβέσθαι Od.4.388
.3 lay hands upon, χαλεπῶς λαμβάνεσθαί τινος lay rough hands on him, deal hardly with him, Hdt.2.121. δ.4 of place, λ. τῶν ὀρῶν take to the mountains, Th.3.24, cf. 106; Δήλου λαβόμεναι (sc. αἱ νῆες) reaching Delos, Id.8.80.6 λαβέσθαι ἑαυτοῦ check oneself, Hld.2.24.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λαμβάνω
-
7 εἰμί
εἰμί (A sum), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἔμμι Sapph.2.15, Theoc.20.32; Cret. [full] ἠμί GDI 4959a; [ per.] 2sg. εἶ, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.εἰς Od.17.388
, al., [dialect] Aeol. ἔσσι, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Dor.ἐσσί Il.1.176
, Pi.O.6.90, Sophr.134; ; [ per.] 3sg. ἐστί, [dialect] Dor.ἐντί IG12(1).677
([place name] Rhodes), Theoc.1.17, etc.; [ per.] 3 dualἐστόν Th.3.112
; [ per.] 1pl. ἐσμέν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰμέν (also in Pi.P.3.60), , [dialect] Dor.εἰμές Theoc.15.73
, but ; [ per.] 3pl. εἰσί ([etym.] - ίν), [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἔασι ([etym.] - ιν) Il.7.73, Xenoph.8.1, Antim.29, Herod.4.84, [dialect] Dor.ἐντί Pi.N.1.24
, Theoc.11.45, IG9(1).32.22 ([place name] Phocis), etc.: imper. ἴσθι (ἔσθι Hecat.361
J.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also in [voice] Med. formἔσσο Od.3.200
, Sapph.1.28, Maced.Pae.31, late Proseἔσο Plu.2.241d
, M.Ant.3.5, Hld.5.12, Porph.Marc.34; [ per.] 3sg. ἔστω (, and late Inscrr., CIG2664, al.; but in Pl.R. 361c leg. ἴτω), [dialect] Dor. εἴτω, ἤτω, Heraclid. ap. Eust.1411.21, Elean ; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστωσαν, butἔστων Hom.
, Pl.R. 502a, , and early [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.22, etc. ( ἔστωσαν first in ii B. C., ib.22.1328), [dialect] Dor. ἐόντων ib.1126: subj. ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, [dialect] Ep.ἔω Od.9.18
; [ per.] 3sg.ἔῃ Il.12.300
,al. (alsoἔῃσι 2.366
, al., ᾖσι ([etym.] ν) 19.202, Hes.Op. 294), also [dialect] Boeot.ἔνθω IG7.3172.165
,μετείω Il.23.47
and perh.εἴῃ 9.245
, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ([place name] Crete), ([place name] Hierapytna), [dialect] Boeot.ἴωνθι IG7.3171.46
(iii B. C.): opt. εἴην, -ης (εἴησθα Thgn.715
), -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, Il.9.284, 142, al., cf. Hdt.7.6; [ per.] 3pl.εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. 1911.133
([place name] Gonni); [ per.] 3 dual , Sph. 243e; [ per.] 1pl. (lyr.), Pl.; [ per.] 2pl.εἶτε Od. 21.195
; [ per.] 3pl.εἶεν Il.2.372
, etc.,εἴησαν Hdt.1.2
, etc.; Elean ἔα, = εἴη, SIG9 (vi B. C.), and σύν-εαν, = συνεῖεν, GDI 1149 (vi B. C.): inf. εἶναι, Arc. (Tegea, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ep. ἔμμεναι (also [dialect] Aeol.ἔμμεν' Sapph.34
), ἔμμεν (also Pi.P.6.42, S.Ant. 623 (lyr.)), ἔμεναι, ἔμεν, also ([place name] Dodona); [dialect] Dor. εἶμεν Foed. ap. Th.5.77,79, IG7.1.7 ([place name] Megara),ἦμεν Test.Epict.5.16
, Tab.Heracl.1.75, Cret. ἦμεν orἤμην Leg.Gort.1.15
, al., GDI4998i 2, al., Megar. ,εἴμειν IG12(1).155.100
([place name] Rhodes), 14.952 ([place name] Agrigentum); εἶν ib. 12(9).211.10 ([place name] Eretria), SIG135.4 ([place name] Olynthus), etc.: part. ὤν, [dialect] Ep. ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Cypr.ἰών Inscr.Cypr.135.23
H.; [dialect] Boeot. fem.ἰῶσα IG 7.3172.116
(Orchom.), [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. fem.ἔσσα Sapph.75.4
, IG4.952.2 (Epid.), Theoc.28.16,ἐοῖσα Pi.P.4.265
,ἔασσα Lyr.Alex.Adesp. 9
, Diotog. ap. Stob.4.7.62,εὖσα Erinn.5.5
(also [dialect] Ion., Herod.5.16,εὔντων 2.85
),ἐᾶσα Ti.Locr.96d
, IG5(1).1470.8 ([place name] Messene),ἴαττα Leg.Gort.8.47
; acc. sg.εὖντα Theoc.2.3
; nom. sg. εἴς in Heraclid. ap. Eust.1756.13, pl.ἔντες Tab.Heracl.1.117
; dat. pl. ἔντασσι ib.104; gen. pl.παρ-έντων Alcm. 64
: [tense] impf.ἦν Il.2.77
, etc., [dialect] Ep. ἔον (also [dialect] Aeol., Alc.127, Sapph.Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 21), in [dialect] Att. ἦ (dub. in [dialect] Aeol., Alc. Supp.14.9), Ar.Pl.77, Pl.Phd. 61b, etc., but usu. altered to ἦν in codd. (and ἦν is required by metre in E. Ion 280), [var] contr. from [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἦα (Il.5.808, al., IG12(8).449.2 ([place name] Thasos), whence Hom.and later [dialect] Ion.ἔᾱ Il.4.321
, al.,ἔας Hdt.1.187
,ἔατε Id.4.119
); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. ἦεν, always with ν in Hom.; ἔην as [ per.] 1sg., only Il.11.762 (s. v.l., al. ἔον), freq. as [ per.] 3sg. (generally before a consonant, so that ἔεν is possible), sts. also ἤην; [ per.] 2sg. ἦσθα, later ἦς (wh. is v.l. in Pi.I.1.26), sts. in LXX (Jd. 11.35, Ru.3.2,al.), cf. Pl.Ax. 365e, Erinn.4.4, Ev.Matt.25.21, al., , [dialect] Ep. ἔησθα; [ per.] 3sg. ἦν, [dialect] Ep. ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (v. supr.), [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.ἦς Alc.Supp.30.1
, Epich.102, Sophr.59, Theoc.2.90, SIG241.145 (Delph.); [ per.] 3 dualἤστην Il.5.10
, E.Hipp. 387, Ar.Eq. 982, Pl.Euthd. 272a, al.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1pl.ἦμες Plu.Lyc.21
; [ per.] 2pl. , , Ec. 1086; [ per.] 3pl. ἦσαν, [dialect] Ion. and Poet. ἔσαν (in Hes.Th. 321, 825, ἦν is not pl. for ἦσαν, but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, v. infr. v, but is [ per.] 3pl. in Epich.46, al., SIG560.15 (Epidamnus, iii B. C.)); [dialect] Aeol. ; later (iii B. C.), SIG527.46 (Crete, iii B. C.), IGRom.4.1740 ([place name] Cyme), always in LXX as Ba.1.19, cf. Ev.Matt.23.30, Plu.2.174a, etc., and sts. in codd. of earlier writers, Lys.7.34, Trag.Adesp. 124 (cited from E. Hel. 931 by Choerob. and from Id.Tr. 474 by Aps.), X.Cyr.6.1.9, Hyp.Ath.26, [ per.] 2sg.ἦσο Epigr.Gr.379
([place name] Aezani), [ per.] 3sg.ἦστο Supp.Epigr. 1.455.7
([place name] Phrygia), [ per.] 1pl.ἤμεθα PPetr.2p.11
(iii B. C.), LXX Ba.1.19, 1 Ki.25.16, Ep.Eph.2.3; subj. (ii B. C.), ἦται GDI 1696, ἦνται prob. in IG5(1).1390.83 ([place name] Andania); [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. also ἔσκον, used by A.Pers. 656 (lyr.): [tense] fut. ἔσομαι, ἔσται, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Aeol. also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσεται; [dialect] Aeol. [ per.] 2sg. ἔσσῃ prob. in Alc.67,87; [dialect] Dor. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἐσσῇ, ἐσσεῖται, Il.2.393, 13.317, Theoc.10.5, [ per.] 3pl. ἐσσοῦνται Foed. ap. Th.5.77 codd. (butἔσσονται Tab.Heracl.1.113
), inf.ἐσσεῖσθαι Sophr.57
.—All forms of the [tense] pres.ind. are enclitic (exc. [ per.] 2sg. εἶ and [ per.] 3pl. ἔασι); but [ per.] 3sg. is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ', Hdn.Gr.1.553 (also μή acc. to EM301.3); later Gramm. wrote ἔστι as Subst. Verb, Phot., Eust.880.22.A as the Subst. Verb,I of persons, exist,οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ' ἔσσεται Od.16.437
; ἔτ' εἰσί they are still in being, 15.433, cf. S.Ph. 445, etc.;τεθνηῶτος.. μηδ' ἔτ' ἐόντος Od.1.289
; οὐκέτ' ἐστί he is no more, E.Hipp. 1162; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long- lived, Il.6.131; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, Th.2.45,44; οἱ ὄντες the living, Plb.9.29.2; ὁ ὤν the Eternal, LXX Ex.3.14, al., Ph.1.289;θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες Il.1.290
; ἐσσόμενοι posterity, 2.119;κἀγὼ γὰρ ἦ ποτ', ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκ εἴμ' ἔτι E.Hec. 284
; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, Pl.Smp. 190c;ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων D.18.72
, cf. Arist.GC 318b25; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Hdt.3.17, etc.; of cities,ὄλωλεν, οὐδ' ἔτ' ἐστὶ Τροία E.Tr. 1292
, cf. Heracl. 491; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, Plu.Cat.Ma.27; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, D.8.17; of money, to be in hand,τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων IG12.91.25
; τὰ ὄντα property, Pl.Grg. 511a, Plu.Ant.24, etc.; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ .. future revenue from.., BCH46.420 (Olymos, i B. C.); of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, Act.Ap.13.1; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, BGU146.4, etc.; in office,ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων PPar.5.4
(ii B. C.); αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.13.1.II of the real world, be, opp. become,γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι Pl.Tht. 152d
, etc.; τὸ ὄν Being, Parm.8.35, Protag.2, Pl.Ti. 27d, etc.; opp. τὸ μὴ ὄν, Gorg.Fr.3 D., etc.;οὐδὲν γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος Epicur.Ep. 1p.5U.
;ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεός LXX 2 Ma.7.28
; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, Heraclit.7, Emp.129.5, etc.; ὄνindecl., τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, Plot.6.2.10.2 of circumstances, events, etc., to happen,τά τ' ἐόντα, τά τ' ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70
;ἡ ἐσβολὴ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι Th.2.13
, etc.; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, Id.4.103; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, Id.1.58;αἱ σπονδαὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ἔσονται Id.4.118
; τί ἐστιν; what is it? what's the matter? Ar.Th. 193; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτο; how came it to pass? Pl.Phd. 58a: repeated with a relat. to avoid a positive assertion, ἔστι δ' ὅπῃ νῦν ἔ. things are as they are, i.e. are ill, A.Ag.67.III be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, Th.1.10; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, Pl.Smp. 211c, cf. Phd. 74b; freq. in part., τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, Hdt.1.95, 116; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth, ib. 30;τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν Th.7.8
; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, S.El. 584, Ar.Ra. 1052; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, Pl.Prt. 328d, etc.; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to Il.6.484), X.HG7.2.9, cf. Pl. La. 196d; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, Hdt.1.97; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, Id.9.11;τοῦ ἐόντος ἀποτεύξεται Hp.VM 2
.IV folld. by the relat., οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one,οὐκ ἔσθ' ὃς.. ἀπαλάλκοι Il.22.348
;οὐκ ἔ. οὐδεὶς ὅς E.El. 903
; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, = οὐδενί, A.Pr. 293 (anap.), cf. 989: freq. in pl., εἰσὶν οἵ, = Lat. sunt qui, used exactly like ἔνιοι, Th.6.88, 7.44, Pl.Men. 77d, Grg. 503a, etc. ( εἰσί τινες οἵ .. Th.3.24); ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, Id.1.12,65;ἐστὶν ἃ εἰπεῖν Id.2.67
;ἦσαν οἵ X.An.5.2.14
; the sg. Verb is used even with masc. and fem. pl., ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, Hp.Fract.1, VC4, X.Cyr.2.3.16; more freq. in oblique cases,ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν Hdt.7.187
;ἐστὶν ἀφ' ὧν Th.8.65
; ἐστὶ παρ' οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, Id.1.23, 5.25: in questions ὅστις is used, ἔστιν ἥντινα δόξαν.. ἀπεκρίνατο; Pl.Men. 85b: with relat. Particles, ἐστὶν ἔνθα, = Lat. est ubi, X.Cyr.7.4.15, etc.; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ' ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, Pl.Prt. 331d, A.Eu. 517, S.OT 448, etc.; in questions expecting a neg. answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπως; Pl.Phlb. 35a, R. 493e, etc.;οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως Pi.Fr.61
, cf. Hdt.7.102, A.Ag. 620; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, Ar. Pax 188;οὐκ ἔ. ὡς Pl. Men. 76e
, etc.; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ' ὅτε, sometimes, Pi.Fr.180.2, S.Aj.56, Th. 7.21, etc.V ἦν is sts. used with pl. masc. and fem., usu. at the beginning of a sentence, there was,τῆς δ' ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί Hes.Th. 321
; (but inἦν δ' ἐρῳδιοί τε πολλοί Epich.46
, cf. 59, al., it may be taken as [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.); (lyr.); ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι Epigr. ap. Aeschin.3.184; less freq.ἔστι, ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ.. ἑπτὰ στάδιοι Hdt.1.26
, cf. 7.34;ἔστι.. ἄρχοντές τε καὶ δῆμος Pl.R. 463a
; before dual Nouns, Ar.V.58, Pl.Grg. 500d.VI ἔστι impers., c. inf., it is possible,ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι Il.20.246
;ἔστι μὲν εὕδειν, ἔστι δὲ τερπομένοισιν ἀκούειν Od. 15.392
; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (sc. πιθέσθαι) 4.193;τοιάδε.. ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι A. Pr. 1055
(anap.);ἔστι τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν X.An.3.2.13
, cf. Ar.Ra. 1163, Aeschin.3.105, D.18.272, Arist.Ath.53.6, etc.; so in imper., opt., and subj.,ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ IG12.10.7
;μυρία ἂν εἴη λέγειν Pl.Plt. 271e
;ὅπως ἂν ᾖ δρᾶν IG2.1054.91
: more freq. in neg. clauses, Il.6.267, etc.; folld. by ὥστε c. inf., S.Ph. 656: c. acc. et inf.,ἁδόντα δ' εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν Pi.P.2.96
;ἔστιν ἐκπεσεῖν ἀρχῆς Δία A.Pr. 757
: sts. not impers. in this sense,θάλασσα δ' οὐκέτ' ἦν ἰδεῖν Id.Pers. 419
.b ἔστω in argument, let it be granted,ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι D.H.Comp.25
;ἔστω σοι τοῦθ' οὕτως Plu.2.987b
; Chr.74.24.B most freq., to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import,τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν Pl.Cra. 398d
; esp. in the phrase τοῦτ' ἔστι, hoc est;Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν Plu.Publ.17
: with numerals, τὰ δὶς πέντε δέκα ἐστίν twice five are ten, X.Mem.4.4.7; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, v. τις; οὐδὲν εἶναι Pl.R. 562d, etc.2 periphr. with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with [tense] pf. part. once in Hom., τετληότες εἰμέν, for τετλήκαμεν, Il.5.873; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, A. Ag. 869; ἔσται δεδορκώς ib. 1179;εἰμὶ γεγώς S.Aj. 1299
;πεφυκός ἐστι Ar.Av. 1473
;δεδρακότες εἰσίν Th.3.68
;κατακεκονότες ἔσεσθε X.An.7.6.36
: with [tense] aor. part., once in Hom.,βλήμενος ἦν Il.4.211
; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσει; S.OT90, 1146, cf. A.Supp. 460: with [tense] pres. part.,ἦν προκείμενον Id.Pers. 371
;φεύγων Ὀρέστης ἐστίν Id.Ch. 136
;εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν S.Aj. 1330
; τί δ' ἐστί.. φέρον; Id.OT 991, cf. 274, 708;λέγων ἐστίν τις E.Hec. 1179
;ἦν τίς σ' ὑβρίζων Id.HF 313
;πόρρω ἤδη εἶ πορευόμενος Pl.Ly. 204b
;βαδίζων εἰμί Ar.Ra. 36
; freq. in Hdt.,ἦσαν ἱέντες 1.57
, al.; evenεἰσὶ διάφοροι ἐόντες 3.49
(s.v.l.):— if the Art. is joined with the Part., the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, Id.1.171;αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798
;δόλος ἦν ὁ φράσας S.El. 197
(anap.).C εἶναι is freq. modified in sense by the addition of Advbs., or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps.:I εἶναι with Advbs., where the Adv. often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate,ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι Il.14.122
, etc.; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent, 4.22, Od.2.82;σῖγα πᾶς ἔστω λεώς E.Hec. 532
;διαγνῶναι χαλεπῶς ἦν ἄνδρα ἕκαστον Il.7.424
; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, Hdt.4.134; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, Th.6.88, Pl.Prt. 356e: freq. impers. with words implying good or ill fortune, Κουρήτεσσι κακῶς ἦν it fared ill with them, Il.9.551;εὖ γὰρ ἔσται E.Med.89
, cf. Ar.Pl. 1188, etc.;ἡδέως ἂν αὐτοῖς εἴη D.59.30
.II c. gen., to express descent or extraction,πατρὸς δ' εἴμ' ἀγαθοῖο Il.21.109
;αἵματός εἰς ἀγαθοῖο Od. 4.611
, cf. Hdt.3.71, Th.2.71, etc.;πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ X.An.7.3.19
.b to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of.., Hdt.1.93; τῆς πόλιος ἐούσης δύο φαρσέων ib. 186; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of.., Id.5.92.ή, etc.c to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, Ar.Pl. 345;ἐτύγχανε βουλῆς ὤν Th.3.70
; ;Κριτίας τῶν τριάκοντα ὤν X.Mem.1.2.31
; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, D.2.2.d to express that a thing belongs to another,Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν A.Ag. 269
;τὸ πεδίον ἦν μέν κοτε Χορασμίων Hdt.3.117
, etc.: hence, to be of the party of,ἦσαν.. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου D.9.56
, cf. 37.53; to be de pendent upon, S.Ant. 737, etc.; to be at the mercy of,ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ Id.OT 917
.e to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like , οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, A.Ag. 940;τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16
; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, Th.1.142, cf.83.f in LXX, to be occupied about,ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν 2 Ch.30.17
; ἔσεσθαι, c. gen., to be about to,ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε 2 Ki.10.11
.2 with two dats., σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, Hdt.5.84;μηδὲν εἶναι σοὶ καὶ φιλίππῳ πρᾶγμα D.18.283
; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστι; Hdt.5.33; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάνῳ; D.29.36; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί; Lat. quid tecum est mihi? Ev.Marc.5.7, etc.; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (sc. ἐστίν) Isoc.4.12; ; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, JHS18.113, etc.3 with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc., added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, Il.14.108;οὐκ ἂν σφίσι βουλομένοις εἶναι Th.7.35
;προσδεχομένῳ Id.6.46
; (lyr.); .IV with Preps., εἶναι ἀπό τινος, = εἶναί τινος (supr. 11.a), X.Mem.1.6.9;εἰσὶν ἀπ' ἐναντίων αὗται πραγμάτων Pl.Phlb. 12d
; but εἶναι ἀπ' οἴκου to be away from.., Th.1.99.2 εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ' ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, Il.21.154, 24.397, etc.; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, Pl.Sph. 256d.3 εἶναι ἐν .. to be in a certain state,ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι Hdt.1.22
; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc., Th.6.46, etc.;ἐν ταραχαῖς D.18.218
; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, Th.1.130; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, Hdt.3.18, etc.; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in.., S.OT 562, Pl.Phd. 59a.b ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, Hdt.6.109, S.Ph. 963;ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; so also , X.Cyr.1.6.2, etc.4 εἶναι διά .., much like εἶναι ἐν .., εἶναι διὰ φόβου, = φοβεῖσθαι, Th.6.34; εἶναι δι' ὄχλου, = ὀχληρὸν εἶναι, Id.1.73;εἶναι διὰ μόχθων X.Cyr.1.6.25
; εἶναι δι' αἰτίας, = αἰτιᾶσθαι, D.H.1.70; Geom., pass through,διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου Archim.Con.Sph.20
.5 εἶναι ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, D.25.23; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, Id.39.21; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in.., Id.2.12; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, Id.6.33; εἶναι ἐφ' ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, X.An.4.6.11; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, Apollon. Perg.Con.4.1; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, v. supr. 3 b.6 εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, Th.4.10,29, etc.; to suit, X.An. 1.2.11, etc.; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, Pl.Phd. 84c, Philostr.VA5.31; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, Arist.Pol. 1309a6, Ath.16.3;εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κωλύειν Plb.1.26.3
; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν Telesp.46 H.;εἶναι περί τι X.An.3.5.7
, etc.7 εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, Id.Cyr.6.2.15, Hdt.8.140.ά (s.v.l.).8 εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to.., X.HG5.2.17 (s.v.l.), 6.2.4.9 περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, Men.Epit.30.10 εἶναι ἀπό .., in Geom., to be constructed upon, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.9, Con.Sph.7.D ἐστί is very freq. omitted, mostly in the [tense] pres. ind. before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc., and after the neut. of Verbals in - τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less freq. with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, S.OT92, Aj. 813; εἶ, Od.4.206; ἐσμέν, S.Ant. 634; ἐστέ, Od.10.463; εἰσί, S.OT 499 (lyr.), IG2.778 B; subj. ᾖ, Il.14.376, E.Hipp. 659, Antipho 5.32; opt. εἴη, IG22.1183.12; [tense] impf. ἦν, ib.2.778 B; [tense] fut. ἔσονται, Od.14.394.E the Inf. freq. seems redundant,1 in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (v. ἑκών)κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι Is.2.32
;εἰς δύναμιν εἶναι Pl.Plt. 300c
; τὸ ἐπ' ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, Th.8.48, X.HG3.5.9, cf. Lys.13.58;τὸ ἐπὶ σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
;τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι X.An.1.6.9
;κατὰ τοῦτο εἶναι Pl.Prt. 317a
; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, Id.Cra. 396e, La. 201c, Theopomp. Com.98, Decr. ap. Arist.Ath.31.2, etc.2 after Verbs of naming or choosing, ;σύμμαχόν μιν εἵλοντο εἶναι Hdt.8.134
; of giving,δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι Il. 11.20
.F [tense] impf. ἦνissts. used where other languages take the [tense] pres.,1 after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου.. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is.., Hdt.4.64;Κύπρις οὐκ ἄρ' ἦν θεός E. Hipp. 359
; ὡς ἄρ' ἦσθ' ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς ib. 1169;ἦ πολύμοχθον ἄρ' ἦν γένος.. ἁμερίων Id.IA 1330
;ἦ στωμύλος ἦσθα Theoc.5.79
; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦν; what is this? Ar.Ach. 157, cf. Pl.Cra. 387c: so in the Aristotelian formula τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι (APo.82b38, al.), used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dat. in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, APr.67b12, de An.429b10.G ἐγώ εἰμι, in LXX, pleonastic forἐγώ, ἐγώ εἰμι οὐχ ἥμαρτον Jd. 11.27
, cf. 6.18; alsoἔσται πᾶς ἀποκτενεῖ με Ge.4.14
. -
8 προτίθημι
Aπροτιθεῖ Hdt.1.133
, [ per.] 3pl.προτιθεῖσι Id.7.197
), [tense] fut.- θήσω Th.3.67
: [tense] aor.προὔθηκα Il.24.409
, etc. (for προθέουσι v. προθέω (B)):—[voice] Med. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor. 1 , Pl.Phd. 90b, etc.; but [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. [voice] Pass. are usu. supplied by πρόκειμαι:—set before, set out, esp. of meals, τραπέζας νίζον καὶ πρότιθεν ([dialect] Ep. for προὐτίθεσαν) Od.1.112; ;τούτοισι προθεῖναι δαῖτα Hdt.1.207
, cf. S.Aj. 1294, Ant. 775, Ph. 274, etc.;ξείνια στρατῷ Hdt.7.29
:—[voice] Med., set before oneself, have set before one,δαῖτα Id.1.133
, 4.26;κλίνας καὶ τραπέζας Plu.2.99e
; also προτίθεσθαί τισι ἄριστον cause it to be set before them, Chionid.7.b π. τινὰ κυσίν throw him to the dogs, Il.24.409; τινὰ θηρσὶν ἁρπαγὴν π. E. El. 896.2 expose a child, Hdt.1.112;π. τινὰ ἔρημον S.Ph. 268
:—[voice] Pass.,ὁ θανάτῳ προτεθείς E.Ph. 803
(lyr.).3 set up, institute, propose, esp. of contests,ἅμιλλαν λόγων E.Med. 546
;λόγων τοὺς ἀγῶνας Th.3.67
;εἰ πονηρίας ἀγὼν προτεθείη Pl.Phd. 90b
; ἄπορον αἵρεσιν offer a choice, Id.Tht. 196c (but alsoπροτίθεσθαί τινι αἵρεσιν Id.Lg. 858a
);π. νόμον E. Hipp. 1046
.b set up as a mark or prize,στέφανόν τισι τῶν ἀγώνων Th.2.46
;σκοπὸν κάλλιστον ἐν τῷ ζῆν Plb.7.8.9
:—[voice] Pass.,προὐτέθην ἐγὼ ἆθλον.. δορός E.Hel.42
.4 fix, set, ἐς ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα οὖρον τῆς ζόης ἀνθρώπῳ π. Id.1.32:—[voice] Med.; οὖρον π. ἐνιαυτόν ib.74.5 appoint as a task or duty, ;νεωτέρῳ τοῦτο βαστάζειν πρόθες Id.Ant. 216
; δμῳαῖς π. πένθος οἰκεῖον στένειν ib. 1249, cf. Hdt. 9.94:—[voice] Med., propose to oneself as a task or object,ὅπερ προὐθέμεθα σκέψασθαι Pl.Phdr. 259e
, R. 352d, cf. Sph. 221a, Tht. 169c;π. ψέγειν αὐτὸ ἢ ἐπαινεῖν Id.Lg. 638c
, cf. Arist.EN 1142b19 (dub.), Hipparch. 1.1.6, Luc.Nec.19.b [voice] Med., c. [tense] fut. inf., propose to oneself, intend,προτεθειμένου κατοικήσειν ἐνταῦθα Syr.D. 13.256
(Seleucia in Pieria, ii B.C.).6 [voice] Med., also, put forth on one's own part, display, show, ;ἀνδραγαθίαν Th.3.64
;ἔχθραν Id.8.85
.7 [voice] Med., θνητοὺς ἐν οἴκτῳ προθέμενος setting before oneself in pity, feeling compassion for, A.Pr. 241.8 advance money, IPE12.32B30,63 (Olbia, iii B.C.);τὸ διδόμενον ἆθλον ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου αὐτὸς προέθηκεν ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου IG12(9).234.18
(Eretria, i B.C.); (Istropolis, ii B.C.).II π. νεκρόν lay out a dead body, let it lie in state, Hdt.5.8:—[voice] Med., E.Alc. 664, Supp.53 (lyr.), Ar.Lys. 611, Th.2.34, Lys.12.18, etc.;ποτήρια χρύσεα προθεῖτο Hdt.3.148
.3 display a public notice,τὸ λεύκωμα πρὸ τοῦ ναοῦ IG9(2).1109.35
(Coropa, ii B.C.);ἐπ' αὐτῆς τῆς οἰκίας π. ἐν λευκώματι UPZ 106.20
(ii B.C.); (Egypt, i A.D.), cf. POxy.2108.8 ([voice] Pass., iii A.D.); notify publicly,τοὺς [προέδρους] προτιθέναι περὶ ὧν δεῖ βουλεύεσθαι IG42(1).68.80
(Epid., iv B.C.); περὶ ὧν.. οἱ ἄρχοντες προτίθεισι Ἀρχ.Δελτ.9 παρ.53 ([place name] Eresus), cf. IG 12(2).526a21 (ibid., iv B.C.), 645b35 (Nesus, iv B.C.); τὰς πράξεις (exactions).. τῶν προτιθεμένων ([voice] Pass.)κατὰ τὰς ἐγγραφάς Arist.Pol. 1321b42
; call a case for trial by means of a public notice, (ii B.C.); οἱ προτεθέντες ἐπ' ἐμὲ καὶ μὴ ὑπακούσαντες ἴστωσαν ὅτι .. PHamb.29.6 (i A.D.); advertise for sale or other purpose, BGU 992 i 7 ([voice] Pass., ii B.C.), PLips.64.44 (iv A.D.), etc.; τοῖς συλλημψομένοις ὑμῖν γέρα προτιθέντα advertising rewards to those of you who apprehend (robbers), POxy.1408.16 (iii A.D.).4 propose, bring forward a thing to be examined and debated, also give an opportunity for debate, voting,ἐς μέσον σφι π. πρῆγμα Hdt.1.206
;π. τὸν λόγον Id.8.59
;γνώμας σφίσιν αὐτοῖς Th. 1.139
; π. λόγον (sc. εἰς ἐκκλησίαν) Aeschin.2.65;λόγον περί τινος X.Mem.4.2.3
; γνώμας π. αὖθις Ἀθηναίοις, of the Prytanes, Th.6.14, cf. 3.36; π. τὴν διαγνώμην αὖθις περὶ Μυτιληναίων ib.42, cf. Isoc.8.15; π. βουλὴν εἴτε.. εἴτε .. D.H.6.15;τὸν ἐπιμήνιον, ἢν μὴ προθῇ, ἑκατὸν στατῆρας ὀφείλειν SIG58.10
(Milet., v B.C.), cf. 141.12 (Corc. Nigra, iv B.C.), 167.13 (Mylasa, iv B.C.), al.; προθεῖναι αὖθις περὶ Μυτιληναίων λέγειν propose a discussion about.., Th.3.38; , etc.; π. αὐτοῖς κρίσιν appoint a trial for them, Lys.27.8;π. αὐτοῖς ἀγορὰν δικῶν Luc.
Bis Acc.4; προέθηκε.. λέγειν τὰ ἑκατέροισι.. κατέργασται has proposed (or initiated) a recital of what each has done, Hdt.9.27: c. dat. pers. et inf., Id.3.38: c. acc. et inf.,π. γνώμην ἀποφαίνεσθαι τὸν βουλόμενον Id.8.49
:—[voice] Med.,ἤν τις προθῆται ψῆφον, ὥστε μὴ εἶναι τὸν νόμον τοῦτον SIG45.33
(Halic., v B.C.):—[voice] Pass., οὐ προὐτέθη σφίσι λόγος speech was not allowed them, X.HG1.7.5; .IV put before or first, προτιθέντι ἀνάγκη.. λέγειν, opp. ἐπιλέγοντι, Arist.Rh. 1394a15, cf. b28;π. τοῦ λόγου προοίμιον Pl. Lg. 723c
; set down first in writing, προθεὶς ἄρχοντα Νικόμαχόν φησιν οὕτως· ἐπὶ τούτου κτλ." Did. in D.1.19, cf. 8.17, al., Gal.19.183:— [voice] Med., put in front,τοὺς γροσφομάχους Plb.1.33.9
; premise,λόγον Id.3.118.11
;τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας Id.4.25.6
:—[voice] Pass.,τὸ μὴ καὶ τὸ οὒ προτιθέμενα τῶν ἐπιόντων ὀνομάτων Pl.Sph. 257c
: metaph., Th.2.42.3 prefer one to another,τί τινος Hdt.3.53
, E.Med. 963;ἡδονὴν ἀντὶ τοῦ καλοῦ Id.Hipp. 382
:—[voice] Med., .Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προτίθημι
-
9 ὁ
ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronounⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or stateⓐ w. nounsα. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receivesα. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. standsא. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also expressז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.ⓗ The neut. of the art. standsα. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. areα. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καία. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M. -
10 φέρω
φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.Aἤφεραν IG3.1379
), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.φέρτε Il.9.171
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.φέρῃσι Il.18.308
, Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.φερέμεν Il.9.411
, al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.φέρον 3.245
; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.II [tense] fut.οἴσω Il.7.82
, etc.; [dialect] Dor.οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11
; [ per.] 1pl.οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133
; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.οἶσε Od.22.106
, 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;οἰσέτω Il.19.173
, Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.οἰσόντων Antim.15
; inf.οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102
, [dialect] Ep.οἰσέμεν Od.3.429
,οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120
, Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.οἶσαι Ph.1.611
codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.οἴσομαι Il.22.217
, S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7
, al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45
, Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.προοῖσται Luc.Par.2
; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg. (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, butἤνεγκα S.El. 13
, E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dualδι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b
; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37
, al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg. , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg. (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; butἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33
, 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847
: subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg. , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, butἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84
(anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf. , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21
, S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21
([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we findἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53
, and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper. ); [ per.] 2sg. , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg. , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b
, ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188
: part.ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131
, ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.ἔνεικε Od.21.178
, inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625
; [ per.] 2sg.ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255
; [ per.] 3sg.ἤνεικε Od.18.300
, al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικε Il.15.705
, al.; [ per.] 1pl.ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43
; [ per.] 3pl.ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30
, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικαν Il.9.306
; imper. [ per.] 2sg.ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3
; [ per.] 2pl.,ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393
; [ per.] 3pl.ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688
B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334
, Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788
Fr.15ii 20; part.ἐνείκας Il.17.39
, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22
(Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314
; [ per.] 3pl.ἠνείκαντο 9.127
, Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4
.2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110
(Epid., iv B. C.); Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12
, al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl. Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49
(Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381
,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12
(2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24
(Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.V other tenses: [tense] pf.ἐνήνοχα D.21.108
, 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12
, Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12
and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66
, etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115
(Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenisticἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42
(iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150
(Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53
(Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d
,εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340
;ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4
; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37
; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20
; part.κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2
, Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)A [voice] Act.,I bear or carry a load,ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568
;μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
;ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622
;χοάς A.Ch.15
;φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564
;χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429
;φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14
; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς); ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531
(lyr.);γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581
, cf. Supp. 994;καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930
codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφονβάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967
(lyr.).II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362
; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444
, cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;πόδες φέρον Il.6.514
;πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341
, etc.; of horses, 2.838;ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232
, etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17
.b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.2 of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26
; [σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330
, cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300
, 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d
;φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023
, cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.III endure, suffer,λυγρά Od.18.135
;ἄτην Hdt.1.32
; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;ξυμφοράς Th.2.60
; ; also of food,ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21
; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2
: metaph.,ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a
.2 freq. with modal words,πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82
; ;ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31
;θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80
;χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13
: esp. with an Adv., [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215
; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36
;αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104
;συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35
;ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d
, al.;εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585
, X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck) ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155
, cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
;ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a
: c. gen.,τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77
, cf. 2.62;ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21
, cf. Isoc.12.232;πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55
: c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.IV bring, fetch,εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196
;φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502
;ἄρνε 3
, 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;ἔντεα Il.18.191
;τόξα Od.21.359
; ; , etc.;γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131
:—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504
;οἶνον Alc.35
, cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282
; fetch, Od.2.410;χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470
.2 bring, offer, present,δῶρα Od.8.428
, etc.;μέλος Pi.P.2.3
; ;φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602
;πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31
; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572
, Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.b = ἄγω iv. 1,ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7
; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1
.3 bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31
;ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283
, cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132
, cf. 8.516; ;θάνατον φ. B.5.134
;τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c
; ;τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135
(lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13
(Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6
, etc.;πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22
;ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10
:—[voice] Pass.,εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3
.4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;λόγον Pi.P.8.38
;ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781
, cf. Tr. 493;ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3
: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248
(troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583
; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9
:—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);δασμόν X.An.5.5.10
; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19
;μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12
(but usu., receive, draw, pay,μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66
; ;αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17
, cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2
, cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35
.6 apply, refer, , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45
;ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7
, cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,φ. χορηγόν D.20.130
, 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.; (ii B. C.);τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13
, al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785
(lyr.).V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229
;ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110
; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139
;γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5
, cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91
; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4
; also of living beings,τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c
;ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1
; one's country,Hld.
2.29, Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (alsoἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202
); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25
; [τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9
;φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14
.VI carry off or away,Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302
;φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429
, 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199
; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11
; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.ἄγω 1.3
), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37
;ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17
;κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10
(Tamynae, iv B. C.);αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128
; of a divorced wife,αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2
; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, ;ἀλλήλους Th.1.7
; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759
:—[voice] Med. in same sense,ἔναρα Il.22.245
;πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856
;ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124
, cf. 15.378.3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308
;φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657
; ; ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651
;ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590
; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e
: also, receive one's due,φ. χάριν S.OT 764
; ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968
A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217
; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538; ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): henceοὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104
; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129; ; ;χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9
;φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2
; ;εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969
;δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638
;ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266
(lyr.);ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131
: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97
: hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122
, cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31
;ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15
; ;ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24
(but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.2 of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί orἐς θάλασσαν Hdt.4.99
; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν ib. 100;πρὸς νότον Id.7.201
; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς)καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα Ptol.Geog.2.11.2
, cf. 3.3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10
;τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90
; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991; : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3
. 134; soτὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31
;τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562
(lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d
; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.b point to, refer to a thing,ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120
; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159; , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c
;ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120
; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79
: c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223
; use a word,οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6
, cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63
: more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e
; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104
(v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11
;κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60
(Pergam., ii B. C.); are in use,Ptol.
Geog.7.4.11; of literary works, to be in circulation,ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a
, cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.1 before another imper.,φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296
(anap.);φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534
;φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b
; soφέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127
.2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14
;φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4
;φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361
, cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300
.3 before a rhetorical question,φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571
;φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788
(anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phraseφέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218
;φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183
, cf. Antipho 5.36; alsoφ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a
, al.: usu. first in a sentence, butτὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c
, etc.5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b
; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47
P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή); εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73
(Pall.).2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e
, cf. R. 345b; soὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24
; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8
.b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159
; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν
hurling themselves,Plb.
1.17.8;εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82
; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27
, cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24
;τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3
, cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24
, cf. Per.7; , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456
B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513
, cf. 16.665, 17.131;τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798
, cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a
;πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d
;τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520
;ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c
;φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b
; simply, move, go,ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309
(anap.); , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.
ap. Aët.9.12;πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19
: metaph.,εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729
;πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b
, cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30
; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b
;ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89
.3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172
; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37
;φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23
;ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59
;φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18
.II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074
;κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25
;εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17
; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60
;φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5
;χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6
; of euphonious writing,σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26
.2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3. -
11 ὑπόκειμαι
ὑπόκειμαι, used as [voice] Pass. of ὑποτίθημι, [tense] fut. ὑποκείσομαι Pi.O.1.85, etc., but [tense] aor. ὑπετέθην:—A lie under,ὑπὸ δὲ ξύλα κεῖται Il.21.364
;θεμέλιοι ὑ. Th.1.93
;τὸν μηρὸν ὑποκείμενον ἔχειν Arist.IA 712b32
, cf. PA 686a13, 689b18: c. dat.,τοιαύτης τῆς κρηπῖδος ὑποκειμένης ταῖς πολιτείαις Pl.Plt. 301e
: τὰ ὑποκείμενα, opp. τὰ ὑπερκείμενα, Sor.1.8.2 of places, lie close to,ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑπὸ τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc. 4.108
;ὑ. τὸ πεδίον τῷ ἱερῷ Aeschin.3.118
;λόφος ὑποκείμενος τοῖς Σιννάκοις Plu.Crass.29
;τὸ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὑποκεῖσθαι πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν τόπον Arist.Mete. 364a7
, cf.Pr. 941b39;<τὰ> πρὸς βορρᾶν καὶ ἄρκτον ὑποκείμενα μέρη τῶν ὀρέων Gp.2.5.1
; τὰ ὑποκείμενα ἐδάφη the adjacent soil, D.S.3.50; ἡ-κειμένη χώρα the adjacent country, ibid. (but, the adjacent low lands, Id.2.37, Plu.Sert.17);ὄρος ὑπόκειται Plb.5.59.4
codd. ( ἐπίκ- Schweigh.);ὁ ὑποκείμενος ποταμός Id.3.74.2
; ὑποκεῖσθαι πρὸς τὴν ο?ὑπόκειμαιXψιν to be presented to the sight, Demetr.Lac.Herc.1013.17.3 to be given below in the text,κατὰ τὴν.. συγγραφήν, ἧς τὸ ἀντίγραφον ὑπόκειται PCair.Zen.355.122
(iii B. C.); γράψον.. τοὺς χαρακτῆρας ὡς ὑπόκειται as below, PMag.Par.1.408; λέγε τὸν λόγον τὸν ὑποκείμενον ib.230; ὡς ὑπόκειται as below, Sammelb.5231.11 (i A. D.), etc.; also, as set forth, PKlein.Form.78 (v/vi A. D.).II in various metaph. senses,1 to be established, set before one (by oneself or another) as an aim or principle, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὗτος ἄεθλος ὑποκείσεται shall be my appointed task, Pi. l. c.; δυοῖν ὑποκειμένοιν ὀνομάτοιν two phrases being prescribed, having legal sanction, D.23.36; ὑπόκειται πρῶτον μὲν διωμοσία, δεύτερον δὲ λόγος the prescribed course is.., ib.71; μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων to abide by one's resolves, Plb.1.19.6, 2.51.1;μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς ὑ. γνώμης Id.1.40.5
; ἐμοὶ ὑπόκειται ὅτι .. for me it is a fixed principle that.., Hdt.2.123, cf. Arist.Oec. 1343b9;νομίζω συμφέρειν.. τοῦθ' ὑποκεῖσθαι D.14.3
; τῶν πραγμάτων ἐν οἷς τὰ ὑποκείμενα διαφέρει τῷ εἴδει things of which the principles differ in kind, Arist.Pol. 1275a35; τὰς ὑποκειμένας μοίρας τξ the conventional 3600, Ptol.Alm.5.1.2 to be assumed as a hypothesis (cf.ὑπόθεσις 111
), Pl.Cra. 436d, al.; ὑπέκειτο μὴ οἷόν τε εἶναι .. Id.Erx. 404b;τούτων ὑποκειμένων Id.Prt. 359a
, R. 478e; τὴν ἐκ τῶν -κειμένων ἀρίστην [πολιτείαν] the best (possible) in the circumstances, opp. to τὴν κρατίστην ἁπλῶς and to τὴν ἐξ ὑποθέσεως, Arist. Pol. 1288b26; let it be taken for granted,Id.
EN 1103b32, cf. 1129a11, al., Gal.15.175; ὑποκείσθω ὅτι .. let it be taken for granted that.., Arist.Pol. 1323b40;ὑ. εἶναι τὴν ἡδονὴν κίνησιν Id.Rh. 1369b33
: so with a nom., ὑ. ἡ ἀρετὴ εἶναι .. Id.EN 1104b27, cf. Rh. 1357a11: c. part.,τοιόνδε ζῷον ὑ. ὄν Id.GA 778b17
: without any Verb, ἡ τοῦ δέρματος φύσις ὑ. γεώδης (sc. εἶναι or οὖσα) ib. 782a29, etc.: cf. ὑποτίθημι IV. 1.4 to be in prospect, ; ; παρ' ὑμῖν ὀργὴ μεγάλη καὶ τιμωρία ὑπόκειται τοῖς τὰ ψευδῆ μαρτυροῦσι is reserved for them, Id.34.19, cf. Lycurg.130; δυοῖν κινδύνοιν -κειμένοιν ibid.;ὁρᾶν τὸν θάνατον ὑποκείμενον PPetr.3p.73
(iii B. C.); (iii B. C.);τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς μηθὲν ἀσεβὲς ἐπιτελεσαμένοις κατὰ τοὺς τοῦ πολέμου νόμους ὑπόκειται παθεῖν Plb.2.58.10
.5 to be subject to, submit to,τῷ ἄρχοντι Pl.Grg. 510c
;βασιλεῖ Philostr. VA3.20
;πατράσιν POxy. 237 vii 16
(ii A. D.);ἐξετάσεσιν PFlor.33.14
(iv A. D.);βασάνοις POxy.58.25
(iii A. D.): abs., pay court to one, ; τῷ λόγῳ to be captivated by the story, Philostr.VA6.14; subdued,Id.
VS2.4.2.6 to be subject to, liable to a penalty, Supp.Epigr.6.424, cf. 415,421, al. ([place name] Iconium), PLond.1.77.53 (vi A. D.): also c. acc.,ὑποκείσεται τῷ φίσκῳ δηνάρια πεντακόσια Rev.Phil.36.61
([place name] Iconium).7 to be pledged or mortgaged, c. gen., for a certain sum, Is.6.33, D.49.11,35;ναῦς ὑποκειμένη ἡμῖν Id.56.4
; τὰ ὑποκείμενα the articles pledged, Syngr. ap.D.35.12; the mortgaged property, SIG1044.28 (Halic., iv/iii B. C.);ἐνέχυρα-κείμενα IG12(7).58
([place name] Amorgos); ὑποκείμενοι, of slaves pledged for a sum of money, D.27.9.b of payments, to have been granted or allocated, ἀποφαίνουσιν ὑποκεῖσθαι ἐν τῇ γραφῇ τῶν εἰς τὰ ἱερὰ (sc. ὑποκειμένων)δίδοσθαι κτλ. UPZ21.4
(ii B. C.), cf. 23.21 (ii B. C.), BGU 1197.4, 1200.28 (both i B. C.): Subst. ὑποκείμενα, τά, = φιλάνθρωπα, salary ( ear-marked proceeds of taxes),τὰ ἐπιβάλλοντά μοι ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὑ. PLond.2.357.9
, cf. 5 (i A. D.);ὑ. αἰτεῖ ἀπὸ τῶν κωμῶν BGU23.12
(ii/iii A. D.), cf. OGI665.19,26 (Egypt, i A. D.): c. dat., as part of name of specific taxes,ὑ. βασιλικῇ γραμματείᾳ
ear-marked for the benefit of..,PPar.
17.22 (ii A. D.);ὑ. τοπογραμματείᾳ PSI1.101.18
(ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1436.23 (ii A. D.), etc.: also in sg.,ὑποκείμενον ἐπιστρατηγία BGU 199.14
(ii A. D.), cf. PFlor.375.22 (ii A. D.), etc.: also c. gen.,ὑ. ἐννομίου PRyl.213.72
, al. (ii A. D.); τοπαρχίας ib.73, etc.8 in Philosophy, to underlie, as the foundation in which something else inheres, to be implied or presupposed by something else,ἑκάστῳ τῶν ὀνομάτων.. ὑ. τις ἴδιος οὐσία Pl.Prt. 349b
, cf. Cra. 422d, R. 581c, Ti.Locr.97e: τὸ ὑποκείμενον has three main applications: (1) to the matter which underlies the form, opp. εἶδος, ἐντελέχεια, Arist.Metaph. 983a30; (2) to the substance (matter + form) which underlies the accidents, opp. πάθη, συμβεβηκότα, Id.Cat. 1a20,27, Metaph. 1037b16, 983b16; (3) to the logical subject to which attributes are ascribed, opp. τὸ κατηγορούμενον, Id.Cat. 1b10,21, Ph. 189a31: applications (1 ) and (2 ) are distinguished in Id.Metaph. 1038b5, 1029a1-5, 1042a26-31: τὸ ὑ. is occasionally used of what underlies or is presupposed in some other way, e. g. of the positive termini presupposed by change, Id.Ph. 225a3-7.b exist, τὸ ἐκτὸς ὑποκείμενον the external reality, Stoic.2.48, cf. Epicur.Ep.1pp.12,24 U.;φῶς εἶναι τὸ χρῶμα τοῖς ὑ. ἐπιπῖπτον Aristarch.
Sam. ap. Placit.1.15.5;τὸ κρῖνον τί τε φαίνεται μόνον καὶ τί σὺν τῷ φαίνεσθαι ἔτι καὶ κατ' ἀλήθειαν ὑπόκειται S.E.M.7.143
, cf. 83,90,91, 10.240; = ὑπάρχω, τὰ ὑποκείμενα πράγματα the existing state of affairs, Plb.11.28.2, cf. 11.29.1, 15.8.11,13, 3.31.6, Eun.VSp.474 B.;Τίτος ἐξ ὑποκειμένων ἐνίκα, χρώμενος ὁπλις μοῖς καὶ τάξεσιν αἷς παρέλαβε Plu.Comp.Phil.Flam.2
;τῆς αὐτῆς δυνάμεως ὑποκειμένης Id.2.336b
;ἐχομένου τοῦ προσιόντος λόγου ὡς πρὸς τὸν ὑποκείμενον A.D.Synt.122.17
.c ὁ ὑ. ἐνιαυτός the year in question, D.S.11.75; οἱ ὑ. καιροί the time in question, Id.16.40, Plb.2.63.6, cf. Plu.Comp.Sol.Publ.4; τοῦ ὑ. μηνός the current month, PTeb.14.14 (ii B. C.), al.; ἐκ τοῦ ὑ. φόρου in return for a reduction from the said rent, PCair.Zen.649.18 (iii B. C.); πρὸς τὸ ὑ. νόει according to the context, Gp.6.11.7.9 in logical arrangement, to be subject or subordinate,τῇ.. ἰατρικῇ.. ἡ ὀψοποιικὴ.. ὑ. Pl. Grg. 465b
;ὁ τὴν καθόλου ἐπιστήμην ἔχων οἶδέ πως πάντα τὰ ὑποκείμενα Arist.Metaph. 982a23
, cf. APo. 91a11;ἑκάστη [τέχνη] περὶ τὸ αὐτῇ ὑ. ἐστι διδασκαλική Id.Rh. 1355b28
.b ἡ ὑ. ὕλη the subject-matter of a science or treatise, Id.EN 1094b12, 1098a28, Phld.Po.Herc.1676.3 (pl.); τὸ ὑ. the part affected by a disease, Plb.1.81.6.III trans., = ὑποτέθειμαι, I have appended,ὧν τὸ καθ' ἓν ὑπόκειμαι PTeb. 140
(i B. C.); cf. παράκειμαι ([place name] Addenda).Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπόκειμαι
-
12 ὑπολαμβάνω
A- λαμψοῦνται Anon.Oxy.410.99
:—take up by getting under, as the dolphin did Arion, Hdt.1.24, Pl.R. 453d;τοὺς νεοττοὺς ὑ. ἡ φήνη Arist.HA 619b34
;τὸ κῦμα ὑ. τινά Clearch.73
;νεφέλη ὑ. τινά Act.Ap.1.9
.b bear up, support, Hdt.4.72;ὑ. τοὺς ἐνδεεῖς Str.14.2.5
, cf. D.S.19.67; (ii/iii A. D.).2 take up, seize or come suddenly upon,ὑπὸ τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα Il.3.34
, Od.18.88; of a storm of wind, Hdt.4.179; of a fit of madness, Id.6.75; of a pestilence, ib.27; of a river taking up earth thrown into it, Id.2.150; of winds taking up water, ib.25; of soldiers marching, δυσχωρία ὑπελάμβανεν αὐτούς, i. e. they came suddenly into difficult ground, X.HG3.5.20: abs.,ὑπολαβὼν πυρετός Hp.Epid.5.20
; of events, follow next, come next,ὑπέλαβε ναυμαχίη καρτερή Hdt.8.12
, cf. 6.27.3 in discourse, take up what is said, interpret or understand it in a certain way,ταύτῃ ὑπολαμβάνεις ᾗ ἃν κακουργήσαις μάλιστα τὸν λόγον Pl.R. 338d
;ὃν μὴ σὺ φράζεις, πῶς ὑπολάβοιμ' ἂν λόγον; E. IA 523
, cf. Pl.Euthd. 295c; ὑ. τι εἴς τινα understand it of, i. e. apply it to, him, Aeschin.1.157;ὥσπερ ὁ ἀκούων ὑ. Arist.Rh. 1412a30
; rejoin, retort, Pl.Lg. 875d, D.22.10, etc.;πρός τι Th.5.85
;τιπρός τινας D.20.146
, cf. 23.93; ὑ. τινὶ ὅτι .. Pl.R. 598d; ὑ. ὡς .. X.Ath.3.12, etc.: c. acc. et inf., reply that.., Th.5.49; ὑπολαμβάνεῖν χρὴ εἰ .. retort by asking whether.., Lys.13.82: abs., in dialogue, ἔφη ὑπολαβών, ὑ. ἔφη, ὑ. εἶπεν, he said in answer, Pl.R. 331d, Hdt.101, Th.3.113, etc.b take up, interrupt,μεταξὺ ὑ. X.An.3.1.26
;ἔτι λέγοντος αὐτοῦ ὑ. Id.Cyr.5.5.35
.5 take up a charge, Id.6.28; ὑ. τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τινός take up and turn it to their own use, Luc.Cal.17.II = ὑποδέχομαι, receive and protect, ὁ Κῦρος ὑπολαβὼν τοὺς φεύγοντας (the exiles) X.An.1.1.7; admit a visitor, Pl.Smp. 212d; of a doctor, take in hand, treat a patient, Hp. Morb.1.15 ([voice] Pass.).2 accept or entertain a proposal, Hdt.1.212, 3.146;δυσχερῶς ὑ. D.57.35
; μηδεὶς ὑπολάβῃ δυσκόλως ἐὰν .. take it amiss, ib.59.III take up a notion, assume, suppose, freq. of an ill-grounded opinion,ὑ. θεῖον εἶναι τὸ ἐπαγγελλόμενον Hdt.2.55
; , cf. Pl.Phd. 86b, Prt. 343d;ἐὰν ὑπολάβῃ.. Ἀθήνῃσιν εἶναι, ὢν ἐν Λιβύῃ Arist.Metaph. 1010b10
: an Adv. is freq. added to give the word a good sense,ὀρθῶς ὑ. Pl.Grg. 458e
, Arist.EN 1145b21, , etc.;βέλτιον ὑπελάβομεν εἶναι πάλιν γράψαι PCair.Zen.36.15
(iii B. C.): with εἶναι omitted, assume or understand a thing to be so and so, τὰ φύματα τεχνικώτατον ὑπειληφέναι (sc. εἶναι)δεῖ δύνασθαι διαλύειν Hp.Medic. 10
; τὸ χαλεπὸν κακὸν (sc. εἶναι)ὑ. Pl.Prt. 341b
;ὑ. τὸν Ἔρωτα ἕν τι τῶν ὄντων Id.Phdr. 263d
; ὑ. τι ὡς ὂν .. Id.Prm. 134c; τὸν αἰθέρα τῇδέ πῃ ὑ. conceive of the word αἰθήρ somewhat in this way, Id.Cra. 410b;οὕτως ὑ. περί τινος Isoc.3.26
, cf. D.18.269: simply c. acc., καίπερ ὑπειληφὼς ταῦτα though I assume this to be so, Id.19.3, cf. Arist.Metaph. 1005b26;τίς σε ἀναγκάσαι δύναται ὑπολαβεῖν τι ὧν οὐ θέλεις; Arr.Epict.2.6.21
; ὃ βούλει, ὑπολάμβανε ib.1.10.4;ὑ. πλῆθος ὡρισμένον Arist.Metaph. 1073b13
; ὑ. ὅτι .. Id.Pol. 1301a25:—[voice] Pass.,τοιοῦτος ὑπολαμβάνομαι Isoc.12.5
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1366a26;ὑ. μειζόνως ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν Isoc.11.24
, cf. D.23.6;ἡ ὑπειλημμένη ἀρετή Id.14.1
; ὅπως ποθ' ὑπείλημμαι περὶ τούτων ἀρκεῖ μοι I am content with whatever opinion of me has been formed in these matters, Id.18.269: c. inf.,τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ ἢν ἔχειν ὑπείληψαι παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Isoc. Ep.4.9
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1383b8; ὑπολαμβάνεται δεδωκέναι is understood to have granted, Id.SE 178a20: τὸ ὑποληφθὲν πᾶν, = πᾶσα ὑπόληψις (11), Men.249.7.2 suspect, disbelieve, X.Ages.5.6, unless ὅ τι ὑπολαμβάνουσί τινες ταῦτα οὐκ ἀγνοῶ means 'I know how some people regard it'.2 take away, remove, seize, τοῖς ἐπικούροις φράσας τὰ ὅπλα ὑπολαβεῖν ordering his bodyguard to remove the arms (of the citizens), Id.6.58.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπολαμβάνω
-
13 χωρέω
Aχωρήσω Il.16.629
, Hdt.5.89, 8.68.β, Hp.Nat.Puer.18, and in later Prose, as D.H.4.9, Luc.DDeor. 20.15, etc.; [dialect] Att. only in Th.1.82 (exc. in compds.,ἀνα-χωρήσω Id.7.72
,ἀπο- X.Eq.Mag.6.2
,προ- Th.3.4
,προς- Id.2.2
,συγ- Id.1.140
, etc.); elsewh. in Trag. and [dialect] Att. always in med. form, χωρήσομαι, A.Th. 476, S.El. 404, Th.2.20, etc., and freq. in compds.: [tense] aor. ἐχώρησα, [dialect] Ep. χώρησα, Il.15.655, h.Cer. 430, Th.4.120, etc.: [tense] pf.κεχώρηκα Hdt.1.120
, 122, Th.1.122, Hp.Acut.19, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. χωρηθήσομαι ([etym.] συγ-) Plb.15.17.5: [tense] aor. ἐχωρήθην ([etym.] συν-) X.HG 3.2.31, D.38.4: [tense] pf. κεχώρηται ([etym.] παρα-) D.H.11.52, ([etym.] συγ-) Pl. Phlb. 15a: ([etym.] χῶρος):—make room for another, give way, withdraw,ἐχώρησαν πάλιν αὖτις Il.17.533
; γαῖα ἔνερθε χώρησεν the earth gave way from beneath, i. e. opened, h.Cer. l.c.; χ. πρύμναν, = κρούεσθαι πρύμναν, put back, retire, E.Andr. 1120; begone!A.
Eu. 196, cf. E.Or. 1678, Med. 820, etc.—The uncom pounded word does not occur in Od. and only [tense] fut. and [tense] aor. in Il.—Construction:1 c. gen. rei vel loci,χώρησεν τυτθὺν ἐπάλξιος Il.12.406
;νεῶν ἐχώρησαν 15.655
;νεκροῦ χωρήσουσι 16.629
; alsoνηῶν ἄπο.. ἐχώρησαν προτὶ Ἴλιον 13.724
; ;ἔξω τῶνδε δωμάτων χωρεῖτε A.Eu. 180
; ;ἐκ προαστίου S.El. 1432
.2 c. dat. pers., give way to one, make way for him, retire before him,οὐδ' ἂν Ἀχιλλῆϊ χωρήσειεν Il.13.324
, cf. 17.101.II after Hom., go forward, advance,τὸ πῦρ.. πρόσω κεχώρηκεν Call.
in PSI11.1216.34; simply, go or come, Hdt.1.10, etc.; go on one's journey, travel, S.OT 750;χ. ἐπ' ἀδελφεοῦ βίαν Pi.N.10.73
, etc.; ; χ. πρὸς ἔργον come to action, S.Aj. 116, Ar.Ra. 884; χ. πρὸς ἧπαρ go to one's heart, S.Aj. 938; χωρῶν ἀπείλει νῦν go and threaten, Id.OC 1038;διὰ φόνου χ. E.Andr. 176
; τὰ τοξεύματα ἐχώρει διὰ τῶν ἀσπίδων, of weapons, X.An.4.2.28; τὸ ὕδωρ κατὰ τὰς τάφρους ἐχώρει it went off by.., Id.Cyr.7.5.16;ἄνω ποταμῶν χωροῦσι παγαί E.Med. 410
(lyr.), cf. X.HG2.4.10; χώρει κάτω go downwards, i.e. beginning from the upper parts of the body, A.Pr.74;διὰ στόμα χωροῦντα.. ἀφρόν E.Med. 1174
; χ. κύκλῳ [ὁ ποταυός] Pl.Phd. 113b; ὁμόσε χ. τισί to join battle, Th.6.101, Ar.Lys. 451, cf.ὁμόσε 1.2
;χ. ὁμόσε τοῖς λόγοις E.Or. 921
;χ. δειπνήσων Ar.Fr. 272
;πρὸς τὸ ἱερὸν χωρῆσαι δρόμῳ Th.1.134
;χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω S.El. 1491
, Ph. 674;χώρει, ξέν', ἔξω Id.OC 824
: of Time, νὺξ ἐχώρει the night was passing, near an end, A.Pers. 384;βιοστερὴς χ.
wander about,S.
OC 747: Medic., of excretions,τὰ χωρέοντα μὴ τῷ πλήθει τεκμαίρεσθαι, ἀλλ' ὡς ἂν χωρέῃ οἷα δεῖ Hp.Aph.1.23
; also of the menses, Id.Mul.1.2: c. acc. loci, .2 go forward, make progress,τοὔργον οὐ χωρεῖ πρόσω A.Dict.
in PSI11.1209.16; (lyr.); χωρεῖ.. τὸ πρᾶγμα ib. 509;τόκοι χωροῦσιν Id.Nu.18
;χωρεῖ τὸ κακόν Id.V. 1483
, Nu. 907 (both anap.).3 come to an issue, turn out in a certain manner, παρὰ σμικρὰ.. κεχώρηκε have come to little, of the event of oracles, Hdt.1.120;εὐτυχέως χ. Id.3.39
; κακῶς χ. turn out ill, Pl.Lg. 684e;δόξα δ' ἐχώρει δίχα E.Hec. 117
(anap.), cf. Hel. 759: freq. abs., advance, succeed, Hdt.3.42, 5.89;πάντα διὰ πράξεων καὶ.. ἀγώνων κεχωρηκότα.. Ῥωμαίοις Onos.Praef.8
;τὰ πράγματα χωρεῖ κατὰ λόγον Plb. 28.17.12
;ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν Ev.Jo.8.37
(unless in signf. 111. infr.); also, to be possible,οὐ γάρ οἱ χωρεῖ περιβαλεῖν κτλ. Ael. VH1.3
(sed leg. ἐγχωρεῖ).4 to be spread abroad, ἡ φάτις κεχώρηκε a report spread, Hdt.1.122; διὰ πάντων οὕτως ἐχώρει τίς ἕψεται;" X.Cyr.3.3.62;κλαυθμὸς διὰ πάντων ἐχώρει Plu.Rom.19
; ὄνομα δόξῃ διὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων κεχωρηκός a name spread abroad, ib.1.5 of money, to be spent,τὰς μὲν δαπάνας χωρεῖν ἐντελεῖς ἐκ τῶν οἴκων, τὰ δὲ ἔργα μὴ τελείσθαι λυσιτελούντως πρὸς τὴν δαπάνην X.Oec.20.21
; B 6 ([place name] Sparta), cf. 1432.4 (Messene, i B. C./i A. D.).III trans., have room for a thing, hold, contain, freq. of measures,κρητὴρ χωρέων ἀμφορέας ἑξακοσίους Hdt.1.51
, cf. 192, 4.61, Ar.Nu. 1238, Pl.Smp. 214a;οὐκ ἐχώρησεν αὐτοὺς ἡ πόλις Th.2.17
, cf. D.21.200, Aeschin.3.164, E.Hipp. 941; ;ποτήρια.. οὐχὶ χωροῦντ' οὐδὲ κόγχην Pherecr. 143.3
(troch.);κοτύλας χ. δέκα Men.Kol.Fr.2
, cf. Diph.96, etc.; χωρήσατε ἡμᾶς take us into your hearis! 2 Ep.Cor.7.2; find room for..,Ev.Matt.
19.11 (so perh. intr., Ev.Jo.8.37, v. supr. 11.3); to be capable of,τὸ Κάτωνος φρόνημα Plu.Cat.Mi.64
: c. inf., to be capable of doing, οὐ χωρεῖ μεγάλην διδαχὴν ἀδίδακτος ἀκούειν (v. l. for ἀκουή) Ps.-Phoc.89;δωρεὰν ὅσην οὐκ ἐχωρήσατε αἰτεῖσθαι IG7.2713.11
(Acraeph., Oratio Neronis). -
14 πρός
πρός, Prep., expressing direction,A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:I of Place, from,ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29
;τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037
(v.l.).2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154
;ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120
;ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62
, etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101
; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21
;π. Νεμέας Id.5.59
; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122
;τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121
, cf. 4.17.3 before, in presence of,μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339
;οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188
; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,b in the eyes of,ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71
, cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286
.4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67
;π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839
(lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130
: less freq. with other words,π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39
;π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14
;μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208
;μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515
(lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45
;ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a
, cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468
;μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324
.5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17
, cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25
;οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23
; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125
.II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85
, cf. 1.160, etc.;τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302
;δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90
; ;φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59
;τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550
, cf. S.Aj. 527;λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45
;κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139
, etc.;μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13
: with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57
; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429
;οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47
; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; alsoλόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120
; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269
, cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209
;αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111
;ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650
: with an Adj. or Subst.,τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162
;ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139
;ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919
;ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297
;πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562
;π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514
; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144
: with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.III of dependence or close connexion: hence,1 dependent on one, under one's protection,π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207
,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57
.IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153
, cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581
, cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585
, etc.;οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11
, etc.: of qualities, etc.,π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704
; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59
; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω
correctly,Id.
R. 470c; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14
([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7
; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190
, 11.423;ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408
; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί); πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86
; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15
;νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210
;π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371
;π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95
;π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180
(lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808
;π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34
; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79
;τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105
;αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1
; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13
, cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18
;π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28
.3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245
, Od.2.80;με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415
, cf. 7.279, 9.284; , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35
.4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507
;πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329
;προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111
; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;π. τινί
close to,Men.
Epit. 204.II to express close engagement, at the point of,π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169
; engaged in or about,π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c
, cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176
;ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22
; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (butπ. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6
);ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127
;π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74
; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7
, cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2
, cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα
in addition to,A.
Pr. 323, cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90
; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45
;τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774
; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b
; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31
,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420
; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239
; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374
;βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71
;κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147
; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435
;ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127
;ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342
;ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334
;πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395
;π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278
;τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931
; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3
;ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1
; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς
beside,Supp.Epigr.
6.106 ([place name] Cotiaeum).b of addition, (Argos, v B. C.);ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63
, cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244
, al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44
; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240
;στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477
; so in Prose,π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201
, cf. 4.40;π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149
; alsoἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22
(v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22
Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751
;πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d
, cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.4 in hostile sense, against,π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471
;ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378
; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108
;γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303
;χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88
;π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304
;ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65
;ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118
;ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c
;ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18
: also in argument, in reply to,ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c
; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34
.5 without any hostile sense,π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155
,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584
; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267
;μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19
, etc.;ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60
codd.;ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632
, Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45
; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d
; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285
.b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19
; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59
;γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82
, cf. Hdt. 1.61;π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22
;π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51
;π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491
; alsoσαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82
, cf. O.4.6;παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952
, etc.;ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14
;ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86
;εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340
; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c
;π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2
; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8
(Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10
;ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23
;τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314
, cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13
([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23
, cf. 16.10;τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12
, cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8
(Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14
;ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19
codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25; ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1
; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); alsoδιαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31
, cf. D.7.33.II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191
;ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552
;πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a
;ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22
;π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21
;π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089
; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii); ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.III of Relation between two objects,1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37
;οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..
in respect of..,Arist.
APr. 24a25, cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28
; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1
D.;π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8
(iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168
, cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.
s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14
, etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.2 in reference to, in consequence of,πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52
, cf. 4.161;π. τὴν φήμην
in view of..,Id.
3.153, cf. Th.8.39;χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59
;ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4
, etc.: with neut. Pron.,π. τί;
wherefore? to what end?S.
OT 766, 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;π. ταῦτα
therefore, this being so,Hdt.
5.9,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.3 in reference to or for a purpose,ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057
; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174
, cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12
;ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21
;ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60
; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7
.b with a view to or for a future time,ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62
(Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13
.c = πρός B. 11,ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8
;ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3
, cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34
;ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35
;π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94
, 8.44;πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10
, cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68
;ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50
; alsoἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3
;ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39
: also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2
, cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19
; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a
; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42
(Ephesus, iii B. C.);θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16
(Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1
, cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6
(Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b
; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); soἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a
; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126
, cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17
(Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8
;π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30
; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1
, cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4
([place name] Ptolemaic);π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b
(but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21
.κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3
;π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101
, cf. Sor.1.56;π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8
(ii A. D.);π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399
(ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89
.5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20
, cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47
;ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17
, cf. 314, etc.;εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22
; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32
;π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63
; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα
according to..,E.
Hipp. 701; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9
, cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84
; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13
(Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20
(s.v.l.);π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73
;τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735
; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130
(lyr.);π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214
; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8
,19;π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594
;π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494
; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13
;ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15
, cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e
; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1
, cf. S.OT 1152;π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3
, etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30
, cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);π. ἰσχύος χ.
by means of,E.
Med. 538; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23
, etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464
; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308
; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1
; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2
; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74
;καὶ π. Id.7.154
, 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110
, Pl.R. 328a, 466e;καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73
;καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67
; freq. at the end of a second clause,τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622
;ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e
, cf. E.Ph. 610;ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28
, cf. 22.60.E IN COMPOS.,I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.F REMARKS,1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653
, cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)σφέτερον Il.17.419
, cf. Pi.O.4.5.2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis. -
15 ἐγώ
ἐγώ ( ἐγώ(ν), μοι, ἐμοί, ἐμίν, με, ἐμέ; ἄμμες, ἄμμι(ν), ἄμμε; νῷν) Apart from its use within direct speech, this pronoun in the singular may normally be referred to both Pindar and chorus, but to the chorus only Pae. 4.21 cf. Fränkel, W & F, 366̆{1}, van Leeuwen, 407̆{15}, 505̆{36}. The plural is never certainly used to represent the singular.1 ἐγώ. ( ἐγών before a vowel P. 3.77, but ἐγώ correpted I. 1.4) “ οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι” O. 4.24καὶ ἐγὼ νέκταρ πέμπων ἱλάσκομαι O. 7.7
εἰ δ' ἐγὼ κῦδος ἀνέδραμον ὕμνῳ O. 8.54
ἐγὼ δέ τοι ἀγγελίαν πέμψω ταύταν O. 9.21ἐγὼ δὲ κλυτὸν ἔθνος Λοκρῶν ἀμφέπεσον, μέλιτι εὐάνορα πόλιν καταβρέχων O. 10.97
ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ ψεύσομ' ἀμφὶ Κορίνθῳ O. 13.49
διασωπάσομαί οἱ μόρον ἐγώ O. 13.91
ἄνδρα δ' ἐγὼ κεῖνον αἰνῆσαι μενοινῶν ἔλπομαι P. 1.42
ἀλλ' ἐπεύξασθαι μὲν ἐγὼν ἐθέλω P. 3.77
ἀπὸ δ' αὐτὸν ἐγὼ Μοίσαισι δώσω P. 4.67
“ μῆλά τε γάρ τοᾰ ἐγὼ ἀφίημ” P. 4.148ἐγὼ δ' Ἡρακλέος ἀντέχομαι προφρόνως N. 1.33
ἐγὼ δὲ κοινάσομαι N. 3.11
ἐγὼ τόδε τοι πέμπω πόμ' ἀοίδιμον N. 3.76
ἑκόντι δ' ἐγὼ νώτῳ ἄγγελος ἔβαν N. 6.57
ἐγὼ δὲ πλέον' ἔλπομαι λόγον Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν διὰ τὸν ἁδυεπῆ γενέσθ Ὅμηρον N. 7.20
χρυσὸν εὔχονται, πεδίον δ' ἕτεροι ἀπέραντον, ἐγὼ δ ἀστοῖς ἁδὼν N. 8.38
( ἄεθλοι)ὧν ἐγὼ μνασθεὶς ἐπασκήσω κλυταῖς ἥρωα τιμαῖς N. 9.9
ἄνδρα δ' ἐγὼ μακαρίζω μὲν πατέῤ Ἀρκεσίλαν N. 11.11
ἀλλἐγω̆ Ἡροδότῳ τεύχων τὸ μὲν ἅρματι τεθρίππῳ γέρας ἐθέλω I. 1.14
χαίρετ· ἐγὼ δὲ Ποσειδάωνι περιστέλλων ἀοιδὰν γαρύσομαι I. 1.32
ἐγὼ δ' ὑψίθρονον Κλωθὼ κασιγνήτας τε προσεννέπω ἑσπέσθαι κλυταῖς ἀνδρὸς φίλου Μοίρας ἐφετμαῖς I. 6.16
τῶ καὶ ἐγώ, καίπερ ἀχνύμενος θυμόν, αἰτέομαι χρυσέαν καλέσαι Μοῖσαν I. 8.5
ἤτοι καὶ ἐγὼ σκόπελον ναίων διαγινώσκομαι a chorus of Keans speaksΠα.. 21. κλυτοὶ μάντιες Ἀπόλλωνος, ἐγὼ μὲν ὑπὲρ χθονὸς Pae. 8.14
σὲ δ' ἐγὼ παρά μιν αἰνέω μέν, Γηρυόνα, fr. 81 ad Δ. 2. ἀλλ' ἐγὼ τάκομαι (as opposed to those not affected by love of Theoxenos) fr. 123. 10. ] νον ἐγὼ[ fr. 140a. 77 (51). ἐγὼ μ[ fr. 140b. 11. μαντεύεο, Μοῖσα, προφατεύσω δ' ἐγώ fr. 150. “ καὶ τότ' ἐγὼ” fr. 168. 4.2 acc. a. με, μ(ε).στέφανοι πράσσοντί με τοῦτο θεόδματον χρέος O. 3.7
ἅ τε Πίσα με γεγωνεῖν O. 3.9
τεαὶ γὰρ ὧραι μ' ἔπεμψαν μάρτυῤ ἀέθλων O. 4.2
[ δεῖ σάμερόν μ' ἐλθεῖν (μ add. Boeckh met. gr.: om. codd.) O. 6.28]ἅ μ' ἐθέλοντα προσέρπει O. 6.83
μὴ βαλέτω με λίθῳ τραχεῖ φθόνος O. 8.55
ἁδόντα δ' εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν P. 2.96
ἄγοντι δέ με πέντε μὲν Ἰσθμοῖ νῖκαι P. 7.13
Χαρίτων κελαδεννᾶν μή με λίποι καθαρὸν φέγγος P. 9.90
ἀλλά με Πυθώ τε καὶ τὸ Πελινναῖον ἀπύει P. 10.4
ἤ μέ τις ἄνεμος ἔξω πλόου ἔβαλεν; P. 11.39τὰ μακρὰ δ' ἐξενέπειν ἐρύκει με τεθμὸς N. 4.33
εἰ δέ τοι μάτρῳ μ' ἔτι Καλλικλεῖ κελεύεις στάλαν θέμεν N. 4.80
οὐ μέμφεταί μ' ἀνήρ N. 7.64
ἔα με N. 7.75
Λατόος ἔνθα με παῖδες εὐμενεῖ δέξασθε νόῳ Pae. 5.44
λίσσομαι ἐν ζαθέῳ με δέξαι χρόνῳ ἀοίδιμον Πιερίδων προφάταν Pae. 6.5
Διόθεν τέ με σὺν ἀγλαίᾳ ἴδετε πορευθέντ fr. 75. 7. ἀνδρὸς δ' οὔτε γυναικός χρή [μ]ε λαθεῖν ἀοιδὰν πρόσφορον Παρθ. 2. 3. ὁ Μοισαγέτας με καλεῖ χορεῦσαι Ἀπόλλων fr. 94c. 1. ἀλλὰ θαυμάζω τί με λέξοντι Ἰσθμοῦ δεσπόται fr. 122. 13. Μοῖσ' ἀνέηκέ με fr. 151. οὔτοι με ξένον οὐδ' ἀδαήμονα Μοισᾶν ἐπαίδευσαν κλυταὶ Θῆβαι fr. 198. ὦ τάν, μή με κερτόμ[ει (με a papyri correctore deletum metro tamen desideratur) fr. 215. 4. “ Κενταύρου με κοῦραι θρέψαν ἁγναί.” P. 4.103 “ τοί μ' κρύβδα πέμπον” P. 4.111 “ φὴρ δέ με θεῖος Ἰάσονα κικλῄσκων προσαύδα” P. 4.119 “ κοὔ με πονεῖ” P. 4.151 “ ἀλλ' ἤδη με γηραιὸν μέρος ἁλικίας ἀμφιπολεῖ” P. 4.157 “ καὶ ὡς τάχος ὀτρύνει με” P. 4.164 “ ὥσπερ τόδε δέρμα με νῦν περιπλανᾶται θηρός” (Stephanus: μίμνοι codd.: Herakles speaks) I. 6.47b ἐμέ, ἔμ(ε): emphatic, in first position in sentence save in two dubious examples, fr. 6a. e, fr. 75. 13, where perhaps με should be read.ἐμὲ δὲ στεφανῶσαι κεῖνον χρή O. 1.100
εἴη σέ τε πατεῖν, ἐμέ τε ὁμιλεῖν O. 1.115
ἐμὲ δ' ὦν πᾳ θυμὸς ὀτρύνει φάμεν O. 3.38
ἀλλ' ἐμὲ χρὴ φράσαι O. 8.74
ἐμὲ δ' οὐ χρὴ τὰ πολλὰ βέλεα καρτύνειν χεροῖν O. 13.93
ἐμὲ δὲ χρεὼν φεύγειν δάκος ἀδινὸν κακαγοριᾶν P. 2.52
ἐμὲ δ' οὖν τις ἀοιδᾶν δίψαν ἀκειόμενον πράσσει χρέος P. 9.103
Μξῖσ, ἀνέγειρ' ἐμέ fr. 6a. e. cf. fr. 151. ἐμὲ δ' ἐξαίρετον κάρυκα σοφῶν ἐπέων Μοῖσ ἀνέστασ' *d. 2. 23. ἐναργέα τἔμ ὥστε μάντιν οὐ λανθάνει (van Groningen: νεμέω, νεμεα, τεμεῷ codd. Dion. Hal.) fr. 75. 13. ἐμὲ δὲ πρέπει παρθενήια μὲν φρονεῖν a chorus of girls speaks *parq. 2. 33. “ ἐμὲ δ' ἐπὶ ταχυτάτων πόρευσον ἁρμάτων” O. 1.77 “ ἀλλ' ἐμὲ χρὴ καὶ δὲ ὑφαίνειν” P. 4.1413 dat.a μοι (correpted O. 2.83, N. 1.21, N. 10.80, Pae. 7.10) πολλά μοᾰ ὑπἀγκῶνος ὠκέα βέλη ἔνδον ἐντὶ φαρέτρας possessive O. 2.83Μοῖσα δ' οὕτω ποι παρέστα μοι νεοσίγαλον εὑρόντι τρόπον O. 3.4
τόλμα τέ μοι εὐθεῖα γλῶσσαν ὀρνύει λέγειν possessive. O. 13.11ἀλαθής τέ μοι ἔξορκος ἐπέσσεται ἁδύγλωσσος βοὰ O. 13.98
εἰ δέ μοι πλοῦτον θεὸς ἁβρὸν ὀρέξαι P. 3.110
“ δόμους φράσσατέ μοι σαφέως” P. 4.117 “ ταῦτά μοι θαυμαστὸς ὄνειρος ἰὼν φωνεῖ” P. 4.163μακρά μοι νεῖσθαι κατ' ἀμαξιτόν P. 4.247
τὸ δ' ἐν ποσί μοι τράχον ἴτω τεὸν χρέος possessive P. 8.32γείτων ὅτι μοι καὶ κτεάνων φύλαξ ἐμῶν ὑπάντασεν ἰόντι P. 8.58
ἔνθα μοι ἁρμόδιον δεῖπνον κεκόσμηται N. 1.21
( ῥῆμα)τό μοι θέμεν εἴη N. 4.9
ἄπορα γὰρ λόγον Αἰακοῦ παίδων τὸν ἅπαντά μοι διελθεῖν N. 4.72
μακρά μοι αὐτόθεν ἅλμαθ' ὑποσκάπτοι τις N. 5.19
θρασύ μοι τόδ' εἰπεῖν N. 7.50
εἴη μή ποτέ μοι τοιοῦτον ἦθος N. 8.35
τὸ δ' αὖτις τεὰν ψυχὰν κομίξαι οὔ μοι δυνατόν N. 8.45
βραχύ μοι στόμα πάντ' ἀναγήσασθ N. 10.19
“ ἔσσι μοᾰ υἱός” N. 10.80μή μοι κραναὰ νεμεσάσαι Δᾶλος I. 1.3
ἔστι μοι θεῶν ἕκατι μυρία παντᾷ κέλευθος I. 4.1
πολλὰ μὲν ἀρτεπὴς γλῶσσά μοι τοξεύματ' ἔχει I. 5.47
τέθμιόν μοι φαμί σαφέστατον ἔμμεν I. 6.20
ἀλλὰ νῦν μοι Γαιάοχος εὐδίαν ὄπασσεν ἐκ χειμῶνος I. 7.37
κεἴ μοί τιν' ἄνδρα τῶν θανόντων fr. 4.μή μοι μέγας ἕρπων κάμοι ἐξοπίσω χρόνος ἔμπεδος Pae. 2.26
λίαν μοι [δέο]ς ἔμπεδον εἴη κεν” possessive Πα... ἔραται δέ μο[ι] γλῶσσα μέλιτος ἄωτον γλυκὺν[ (sc. καταλείβειν simm., Wil.)Πα... ]Χαρίτεσσί μοᾰ ἄγχι θ[ Pae. 7.10
]μη μο[ι Πα. 7B. 7. ἄπιστά μοι δέδοικα Πα. 7B. 45. ] εἰ δέ μοι[ fr. 60a. 3. “ὦ τάλας ἐφάμερε, νήπια βάζεις, χρήματά μοι διακομπέων” fr. 157. δίχα μοι νόος ἀτρέκειαν εἰπεῖν fr. 213. 4. ἔστι μοι πατρίδ' ἀρχαίαν ( ἀγάλλειν e. g. supp. Snell) fr. 215. 5. ethic dat., c. impv.ζεῦξον ἤδη μοι σθένος ἡμιόνων O. 6.22
ἀπό μοι λόγον τοῦτον, στόμα, ῥῖψον O. 9.35
ἀνάγνωτέ μοι Ἀρχεστράτου παῖδα O. 10.1
ἔλα νῦν μοι πεδόθεν I. 5.38
ἐ]να[ισίμ]ῳ νῦν μοι ποδὶ στείχ ων ἁγέο Παρθ. 2. 66. cf.καὶ πὰρ Δεινομένει κελαδῆσαι πίθεό μοι ποινὰν τεθρίππων P. 1.59
b ἐμοί, emphatic form, never ethic, once possessive P. 5.76ἐμοὶ δ' ἄπορα γαστρίμαργον μακάρων τιν εἰπεῖν O. 1.52
ἀλλ' ἐμοὶ μὲν οὗτος ἄεθλος ὑποκείσεται O. 1.84
ἐμοὶ μὲν ὦν Μοῖσα καρτερώτατον βέλος ἀλκᾷ τρέφει O. 1.111
ὣς ἐμοὶ φάσμα λέγει O. 8.43
βουλαὶ δὲ πρεσβύτεραι ἀκίνδυνον ἐμοὶ ἔπος παρέχοντι P. 2.66
“ τοῦτ' ἔργον ἐμοὶ τελέσαις —” P. 4.230 φῶτες Αἰγείδαι, ἐμοὶ πατέρες (v. Wil., Pind., 477f; Fränkel, D & P, 485̆{2}) P. 5.76ἐμοὶ δὲ θαυμάσαι θεῶν τελεσάντων οὐδέν ποτε φαίνεται ἔμμεν ἄπιστον P. 10.48
ἐμοὶ δ' ὁποίαν ἀρετὰν ἔδωκε Πότμος ἄναξ N. 4.41
“καὶ ἐμοὶ θάνατον σὺν τῷδ' ἐπίτειλον, ἄναξ” N. 10.77 “εἰ μὲν αὐτὸς Οὔλυμπον θέλεις λτ;ναίειν ἐμοὶγτ; σύν τ' Ἀθαναίᾳ” (supp. Boeckh: om. codd.) N. 10.84ἐμοὶ δὲ μακρὸν πάσας ἀναγήσασθ' ἀρετάς I. 6.56
ἀλλ' ἐμοὶ δεῖμα μὲν παροιχόμενον καρτερὰν ἔπαυσε μέριμναν ( ἀλλ' ἐμὲ coni. Boehmer) I. 8.11ἐμο[ὶ δ] Pae. 2.102
“ ἐμοὶ δ' ὀλίγον δέδοται” a chorus of Keans speaks Πα... ἐμοὶ δὲ τοῦτον διέδω[κ.ν] ἀθάνατον πόνον *pa. 7B. 21.c ἐμίν. [κατ' ἐμὶν coni. Schr.: κατά τιν codd. P. 8.68] ]τὶν μὲν [πά]ρ μιν[] ἐμὶν δὲ πὰ[ρ] κείνοι[ς Pae. 10.19
cf. Σ Ar., Av. 931: χλευάζει τῶν διθυραμ- βοποιῶν τὸν συνεχῆ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις δωρισμὸν καὶ μάλιστα τὸν Πίνδαρον συνεχῶς λέγοντα ἐν ταῖς αἰτήσεσι τὸ ἐμίν fr. 298, Schr.4 ἄμμες, Aeolic nom. pl. “ τρίταισιν δ' ἐν γοναῖς ἄμμες αὖ κείνων φυτευθέντες” (v. 1. ἀμὲς) P. 4.1445 ἄμμε, acc. pl.: us i. e. mankindμία δ' οὐχ ἅπαντας ἄμμε θρέψει μελέτα O. 9.106
καίπερ ἐφαμερίαν οὐκ εἰδότες οὐδὲ μετὰ νύκτας ἄμμε πότμος ἅντιν' ἔγραψε δραμεῖν ποτὶ στάθμαν N. 6.6
6 ἄμμιν, ἄμμι, dat. pl. “λῦσον, ἄμμιν μή τι νεώτερον ἀναστάῃ” P. 4.155 “ καρτερὸς ὅρκος ἄμμιν μάρτυς ἔστω Ζεῦς” P. 4.167 ἄμμι δ' ἔοικε Κρόνου σεισίχθον υἱὸν κελαδῇσαι i. e. for Pindar and his fellow Thebans I. 1.52 ἄμμι δ' πόρε, Λοξία, τεαῖσιν ἁμίλλαισιν εὐανθέα καὶ Πυθόι στέφανον i. e. to the chorus and the victor I. 7.49 ἐπειδὴ τὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλᾶς γε Ταντάλου λίθον παρά τις ἔτρεψεν ἄμμι θεός i. e. for us Greeks I. 8.10 “ μηδὲ Νηρέος θυγάτηρ νεικέων πέταλα δὶς ἐγγυαλιζέτω ἄμμιν.” I. 8.44 μὴ προφαίνειν, τίς φέρεται μόχθος ἄμμιν (probably the fragment is part of some speech) fr. 42. 2.7 νῷν dual dat. “ οὐ πρέπει νῷν τιμὰν δάσασθαι” (νῶ(ι)ν, νῶ(ι) codd.) P. 4.147 ] ο νῶιν[ (σὺν τῷ ϊ. Σ.) P. Oxy. 841. fr. 94. 2. -
16 ἐπεί
ἐπεί conj.a temporal, c. aor. ind., after, whenτοῦ ἐράσσατο Ποσειδάν, ἐπεί νιν καθαροῦ λέβητος ἔξελε Κλωθώ O. 1.26
Ἀχιλλέα τ' ἔνεικ, ἐπεὶ Ζηνὸς ἦτορ λιταῖς ἔπεισε, μάτηρ O. 2.79
φθέγξατ' ἐπεὶ κατὰ γαἶ αὐτόν τέ νιν καὶ φαιδίμας ἵππους ἔμαρψεν O. 6.14
βασιλεὺς δ, ἐπεὶ πετράεσσας ἐλαύνων ἵκετ' ἐκ Πυθῶνος, ἅπαντας ἐν οἴκῳ εἴρετο παῖδα O. 6.47
τερπνᾶς δ' ἐπεὶ λάβεν καρπὸν Ἥβας, ἐκάλεσσε Ποσειδᾶν O. 6.57
δράκοντες, ἐπεὶ κτίσθη νέον, οἱ δύο μὲν κάπετον O. 8.37
ἐκτίσσατο, ἐπεὶ Ποσειδάνιον πέφνε Κτέατον O. 10.26
ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ τείχει θέσαν ἐν ξυλίνῳ σύγγονοι κούραν,σέλας δ' ἀμφέδραμεν λάβρον Ἁφαίστου, τότ ἔειπεν P. 3.38
“τοί μ' ἐπεὶ πάμπρωτον εἶδον φέγγος, κρύβδα πέμπον” i. e. as soon as P. 4.111ἐπεὶ κατέβα ναυτᾶν ἄωτος, λέξατο P. 4.188
ἐπεὶ δ' ἐμβόλου κρέμασαν ἀγκύρας ὕπερθεν, ἐκάλει P. 4.191
κεῖνόν γε καὶ βαρύκομποι λεόντες περὶ δείματι φύγον, γλῶσσαν ἐπεί σφιν ἀπένεικεν ὑπερποντίαν P. 5.59
μόλον, καπνωθεῖσαν πάτραν ἐπεὶ ἴδον P. 5.84
τόν, Εὐρυσθῆος ἐπεὶ κεφαλὰν ἔπραθε φασγάνου ἀκμᾷ, κρύψαν P. 9.80
ἔνθ' Ἀλεξίδαμος, ἐπεὶ φύγε λαιψηρὸν δρόμον, παρθένον κεδνὰν χερὶ χειρὸς ἑλὼν ἆγεν P. 9.121
μάντιν τ' ὄλεσσε κόραν, ἐπεὶ ἔλυσε δόμους ἁβρότατος P. 11.33
ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ ἐκ τούτων φίλον ἄνδρα πόνων ἐρρύσατο, παρθένος αὐλῶν τεῦχε πάμφωνον μέλος P. 12.18
ἀρχαῖον ὀτρύνων λόγον, ὡς, ἑπεὶ μόλεν, ὡς κροκωτὸν σπάργανον ἐγκατέβα N. 1.35
Πριάμου πόλιν Νεοπτόλεμος ἐπεὶ πράθεν N. 7.35
ὁ δ' ὄλβῳ φέρτατος ἵκετ ἐς κείνου γενεάν, ἐπεὶ ἐν χαλκέοις ὅπλοις Τηλεβόας ἔναρεν N. 10.14
ἐπεὶ δ' ἄλκιμον νέκυν ἐν τάφῳ πολυστόνῳ θέντο Πηλείδαν, ἦλθον ἄγγελοι Pae. 6.98
ἀνδροδάμαντα δ ἐπεὶ Φῆρες δάεν ῥιπὰν μελιαδέος οἴνου, ἐσσυμένως ἀπὸ μὲν λευκὸν γάλα χερσὶ τραπεζᾶν ὤθεον fr. 166. 1.b causal, =γάρ. Μοῖσα δ' οὕτω ποι παρέστα μοι. ἐπεὶ στέφανοι πράσσοντί με τοῦτο θεόδματον χρέος O. 3.6
ὁδὸν ἁγεμονεῦσαι ταύταν ἐπίστανται, στεφάνους ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἐπεὶ δέξαντο O. 6.27
ἀλλά νιν οὐκ εἴασεν. ἐπεὶ εἶπε O. 7.61
ποτὶ καὶ τὸν ἵκοντ. ἐπεὶ νεφέλᾳ παρελέξατο P. 2.36
πέμψεν κασιγνήταν ἐς Λακέρειαν, ἐπεὶ παρὰ Βοιβιάδος κρημνοῖσιν ᾤκει παρθένος P. 3.34
ἐκ δ' ἄῤ αὐτοῦ πομφόλυξαν δάκρυα γηραλέων γλεφάρων, ἃν περὶ ψυχὰν ἐπεὶ γάθησεν P. 4.122
τὰν μάλα πολλοὶ ἀριστῆες ἀνδρῶν αἴτεον. ἐπεὶ θαητὸν εἶδος ἔπλετο P. 9.108
ἐπεὶ ῥέζοντά τι καὶ παθεῖν ἔοικεν N. 4.31
ὑπέρτατος Ἁγησιμάχοἰ ὑέων γένετο. ἐπεί οἱ τρεῖς ἀεθλοφόροι πρὸς ἄκρονἀρετᾶς ἦλθον N. 6.23
ἐντὶ πρόσοδοι νᾶσον εὐκλέα τάνδε κοσμεῖν. ἐπεί σφιν Αἰακίδαι ἔπορον ἔξοχον αἶσαν N. 6.46
διὰ τὸν ἁδυεπῆ Ὅμηρον. ἐπεὶ ψεύδεσί οἱ ποτανᾷ τε μαχανᾷ σεμνὸν ἔπεστί τι N. 7.22
(by entertaining the Dioskouroi they have become great athletes)ἐπεὶ εὐρυχόρου ταμίαι Σπάρτας ἀγώνων μοῖραν διέποντι N. 10.51
πότμον ἀμπιπλάντες ὁμοῖον. ἐπεὶ τοῦτον εἵλετ' αἰῶνα N. 10.57
χορεύων τὰν ἁλιερκέα Ἰσθμοῦ δειράδ. ἐπεὶ στεφάνους ἓξ ὤπασεν Καδμοῦ στρατῷ ἐξ ἀέθλων I. 1.10
μὴ φθονεραῖσι φέρειν γνώμαις. ἐπεὶ κούφα δόσις ἀνδρὶ σοφῷ ἀντὶ μόχθων ξυνὸν ὀρθῶσαι καλόν I. 1.45
ἀλλ' οὔ σφιν ἄμβροτοι τέλεσαν εὐνὰν θεῶν πραπίδες, ἐπεὶ θεσφάτων ἐπάκουσαν I. 8.31
Δωρίων ἔλαχεν σελίνων. ἐπεὶ περικτίονας ἐνίκασε I. 8.64
ἔσχον Δᾶλον, ἐπεί σφιν Ἀπόλλων δῶκεν Ἀστερίας δέμας οἰκεῖν Pae. 5.40
ἐπεὶ αυ[ Πα. 7B. 13. πατρῶἰ ἐπεί[ Θρ. 4. 12. following impv.: “κράτει δὲ πέλασον. ἐπεὶ τρεῖς τε καὶ δέκ' ἄνδρας ὀλέσαις” O. 1.79δίδοι τέ οἱ αἰδοίαν χάριν. ἐπεὶ ὕβριος ἐχθρὰν ὁδὸν εὐθυπορεῖ O. 7.90
ἀπό μοι λόγον τοῦτον, στόμα, ῥῖψον. ἐπεὶ τό γε λοιδορῆσαι θεοὺς ἐχθρὰ σοφία O. 9.37
κλῦτ, ἐπεὶ εὔχομαι O. 14.5
μήτ' ἀρετάν ποτε σιγάτω πατρῴαν μηδὲ τούσδ ὕμνους. ἐπεί τοι οὐκ ἐλινύσοντας αὐτοὺς ἐργασάμαν I. 2.45
Κλεάνδρῳ πλεκέτω μυρσίνας στέφανον, ἐπεί νιν Ἀλκαθόου τ' ἀγὼν σὺν τύχᾳ ἐν Ἐπιδαύρῳ τε νεότας δέκετο πρίν I. 8.67
following a wish:θεὸς εὔφρων εἴη λοιπαῖς εὐχαῖς. ἐπεί νιν αἰνέω O. 4.14
ἐν τίν κ' ἐθέλοι εὐτυχῶς ναίειν. ἐπεὶ τετραόροισιν ὥθ ἁρμάτων ζυγοῖς ἐν τεμένεσσι δόμον ἔχει τεοῖς N. 7.93
introducing parenthesis:ἐπεὶ πλοῦτος ὁ λαχὼν ποιμένα ἔπακτον στυγερώτατος O. 10.88
introducing example: τεκμαίρομαι ἔργοισιν Ἡρακλέος. ἐπεὶ Γηρυόνα βόας ἔλασεν fr. 169. 6. introducing question: ἐπεὶ ψάμμος ἀριθμὸν περιπέφευγεν, καὶ κεῖνος ὅσα χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν, τίς ἂν φράσαι δύναιτο; O. 2.98 ἐπεὶ ἀντίον πῶς ἂν τριόδοντος Ἡρακλέης σκύταλον τίναξε χερσίν; O. 9.29 ἐπεὶ τίνα πάτραν, τίνα οἶκον ναίων ὀνυμάξεαι ἐπιφανέστερον; P. 7.5c fragg. ]διὰ θυρᾶν ἐπειδ[ Pae. 20.7
]ἐπεὶ πάντα[ ?fr. 334a. 11. -
17 καί
καί particle,1 and, also, even A copulative.1 joining finite verbs,a with change of subject.ἦ θαύματα πολλά, καί πού τι καὶ ἐξαπατῶντι μῦθοι O. 1.28
, O. 3.21, O. 9.38, O. 10.41, O. 10.72, P. 1.5, P. 1.42, P. 3.35, P. 3.93, P. 3.94, P. 4.124, P. 4.164, P. 4.220, P. 4.247, P. 4.254, P. 4.257, P. 6.53, P. 9.40, P. 9.52, N. 5.18, N. 5.21, N. 6.53, N. 7.65, N. 10.10, N. 11.8, I. 3.17, I. 4.13, I. 4.34, I. 4.67, I. 5.48, I. 6.53, I. 8.47, fr. 51b. Pae. 2.53b with no change of subject.διεδάσαντο καὶ φάγον O. 1.51
, O. 5.8, O. 7.46, O. 10.49, O. 13.27, O. 13.69, O. 13.112, P. 3.15, P. 3.68, P. 4.254, P. 4.298, P. 9.12, P. 10.46, N. 1.64, N. 3.26, N. 3.38, N. 4.61, N. 5.39, N. 6.19, N. 6.49, N. 9.18, N. 10.22, N. 10.74, N. 10.80, I. 2.19, I. 5.63, I. 6.70, Πα. 2. 1, Εὔ]βοιαν ἕλον καὶ ἔνασσαν καὶ ἔκτισαν νάσους Πα.. 3. Πα. 8A. 13. Δ. 2. 30, fr. 169. 23, fr. 169. 47.c in subord. cl.,ὡς ἂν κτίσαιεν βωμὸν ἐναργέα καὶ ἰάναιεν O. 7.42
πρὶν μίχθη καὶ ἔνεικεν O. 9.59
κατέφρασεν ὁπᾷ ἔθυε καὶ ὅπως ἄρα ἔστασεν O. 10.57
ὃς ἂν ἐγκύρσῃ καὶ ἕλῃ P. 1.100
θεός, ὃ καὶ κίχε καὶ παραμείβεται καὶ ἔκαμψε P. 2.50
εἰ δὲ σώφρων ἄντρον ἔναἰ ἔτι Χίρων, καί τί οἱ φίλτρον ἐν θυμῷ μελιγάρυες ὕμνοι ἁμέτεροι τίθεν P. 3.63
P. 9.46—9.ὃς ἂν ἕλῃ καὶ ἴδῃ P. 10.25
, N. 3.34ὄφρα προσμένοι καὶ πάξαιθ N. 3.61
αἰδέομαι μέγα εἰπεῖν πῶς δὴ λίπον εὐκλέα νᾶσον, καὶ τίς ἄνδρας ἀλκίμους δαίμων ἀπ' Οἰνώνας ἔλασεν N. 5.15
Pae. 6.50 irregularly coordinated;φάνη Ζηνὸς ἀμφὶ πανάγυριν Λυκαίου καὶ ὁπότ' Πελλάνᾳ φέρε O. 9.97
εὐθύ-γλωσσος ἀνὴρ προφέρει παρὰ τυραννίδι χὠπόταν ὁ λάβρος στρατός, χὤταν πόλιν οἱ σοφοὶ τηρέωντι P. 2.87
—8.νᾶσον ὡς ἤδη λιπὼν κτίσσειεν εὐάρματον πόλιν καὶ τὸ Μηδείας ἔπος ἀγκομίσαι P. 4.9
πύκταν τέ νιν καὶ παγκρατίῳ φθέγξαι ἑλεῖν N. 5.52
d introducing question.ἐπεὶ ψάμμος ἀριθμὸν περιπέφευγεν, καὶ κεῖνος ὅσα χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν, τίς ἂν φράσαι δύναιτο O. 2.99
“ καὶ τίς ἀνθρώπων σε ἐξανῆκεν γαστρός;” P. 4.982 joining grammatically similar words.a two nouns.Παλλὰς καὶ Ζεὺς O. 2.27
ὅρμοισι τῶν χέρας ἀναπλέκοντι καὶ στεφάνους O. 2.74
κρίσιν καὶ πενταετηρίδ O. 3.21
Ἀρκαδίας ἀπὸ δειρᾶν καὶ πολυγνάμπτων μυχῶν O. 3.27
χεῖρες δὲ καὶ ἦτορ O. 4.25
ἀρετᾶν καὶ στεφάνων O. 5.1
Ἄκρων' ἐκάρυξε καὶ τὰν νέοικον ἕδραν O. 5.8
Οἰνομάου καὶ Πέλοπος O. 5.9
Ποσειδᾶν' καὶ τοξοφόρον σκοπόν O. 6.59
παρ' Ἀλφειῷ καὶ παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ O. 7.17
Οὐρανὸς καὶ Γαῖα μάτηρ O. 7.38
ἀρετὰν καὶ χάρματ O. 7.44
τά τ' ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ ἔργα καὶ Θήβαις O. 7.84
κῶμον καὶ στεφαναφορίαν O. 8.10
ἓ καὶ υἱὸν O. 9.14
κορᾶν καὶ φερτάτων Κρονιδᾶν O. 9.56
τόλμα δὲ καὶ ἀμφιλαφὴς δύναμις O. 9.82
σὺ καὶ θυγάτηρ O. 10.3
Καλλιόπα καὶ χάλκεος Ἄρης O. 10.15
βροντὰν καὶ πυρπάλαμον βέλος O. 10.80
ἀρχὰ λόγων καὶ πιστὸν ὅρκιον O. 11.6
Ὀλυμπίᾳ στεφανωσάμενος καὶ δὶς ἐκ Πυθῶνος Ἰσθμοῖ τε O. 12.18
κασίγνηταί τε Δίκα καὶ ὁμότροφος Εἰρήνα O. 13.7
Σίσυφον καὶ τὰν Μήδειαν O. 13.53
ναὶ καὶ προπόλοις O. 13.54
παρ' ὅρκον καὶ παρὰ ἐλπίδα O. 13.83
αἰδῶ δίδοι καὶ τύχαν O. 13.115
Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Μοισᾶν P. 1.1
κορυφαῖς καὶ πέδῳ P. 1.28
ὄλβον καὶ κτεάνων δόσιν P. 1.46
ἀστοῖς καὶ βασιλεῦσιν P. 1.68
κύριε πολλᾶν μὲν εὐστεφάνων ἀγυιᾶν καὶ στρατοῦ P. 2.58
ἐν ὄρει καὶ ἐν ἑπταπύλοις Θήβαις P. 3.90
Νέστορα καὶΛύκιον Σαρπηδόν P. 3.112
ἀπὸ δ' αὐτὸν ἐγὼ Μοίσαισι δώσω καὶ τὸ πάγχρυσον νάκος κριοῦ P. 4.68
“Ἰφιμεδείας παῖδας, ὦτον καὶ σέ” P. 4.89 “ πὰρ Χαρικλοῦς καὶ Φιλύρας” P. 4.103 “ λαγέτᾳ Αἰόλῳ καὶ παισὶ” P. 4.108Ἄδματος καὶ Μέλαμπος P. 4.126
ὀρνίχεσσι καὶ κλάροισι P. 4.190
ἀγέλα ταύρων ὑπᾶρχεν καὶ νεόκτιστον θέναρ P. 4.206
ἄροτρον καὶ βόας P. 4.225
Κυράνα καὶ τὸ κλεεννότατον μέγαρον Βάττου P. 4.280
πεδίον καὶ πατρωίαν πόλιν P. 5.53
ἄνδρεσσι καὶ γυναιξὶ P. 5.64
νικαφόροις ἐν ἀέθλοις καὶ θοαῖς ἐν μάχαις P. 8.26
γείτων καὶ κτεάνων φύλαξ ἐμῶν P. 8.58
λαμπρὸν φέγγος καὶ μείλιχος αἰών P. 8.97
“ θυμὸν γυναικὸς καὶ μεγάλαν δύνασιν” P. 9.30 “ τέλος οἶσθα καὶ πάσας κελεύθους” P. 9.45 “ ἐν θαλάσσᾳ καὶ ποταμοῖς” P. 9.47 ὥραισι καὶ Γαίᾳ” P. 9.60 “ νέκταρ καὶ ἀμβροσίαν” P. 9.63 “ Ζῆνα καὶ ἁγνὸν Ἀπόλλων' Ἀγρέα καὶ Νόμιον” P. 9.64—5.οἱ καὶ Ζηνὶ P. 9.84
νιν καὶ Ἰφικλέα P. 9.88
δίκον φύλλ' ἔπι καὶ στεφάνους P. 9.124
πόνων δὲ καὶ μαχᾶν ἄτερ P. 10.42
χαλκοῦ θαμὰ καὶ δονάκων P. 12.25
οἱ φράζε καὶ παντὶ στρατῷ N. 1.61
Ἰάσον' καὶ ἔπειτεν Ἀσκλαπιόν N. 3.54
τάνδε νᾶσον καὶ σεμνὸν Θεάριον N. 3.69
δῶρα καὶ κράτος N. 4.68
ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ Ζηνὸς ἥρωας αἰχματὰς φυτευθέντας καὶ ἀπὸ χρυσεᾶν Νηρηίδων N. 5.7
υἱοὶ καὶ βία Φώκου N. 5.12
ἀοιδαὶ καὶ λόγοι N. 6.30
αὐχένα καὶ σθένος (v. Dornseiff, Stil, 26) N. 7.73χειρὶ καὶ βουλαῖς N. 8.8
Δείνιος δισσῶν σταδίων καὶ πατρὸς Μέγα Νεμεαῖον ἄγαλμα N. 8.16
ματέρι καὶ διδύμοις παίδεσσιν N. 9.4
φεῦγε γὰρ Ἀμφιαρῆ ποτε θρασυμήδεα καὶ δεινὰν στάσιν N. 9.13
χερσὶ καὶ ψυχᾷ N. 9.39
Κάστορος καὶ κασιγνήτου Πολυδεύκεος N. 10.50
Ἑρμᾷ καὶ σὺν Ἡρακλεῖ N. 10.53
Ζηνὸς ὑψίστου κασιγνήτα καὶ ὁμοθρόνου Ἥρας N. 11.2
λύρα καὶ ἀοιδά N. 11.7
πάλᾳ καὶμεγαυχεῖ παγκρατίῳ N. 11.21
ἐν Πυθῶνι καὶ Ὀλυμπίᾳ N. 11.23
παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ καὶ παρ' εὐδένδρῳ ὄχθῳ Κρόνου N. 11.25
πολιατᾶν καὶ ξένων I. 1.51
Ὀγχηστὸν καὶ γέφυραν I. 4.20
χρυσέων οἴκων ἄναξ καὶ γαμβρὸς Ἥρας I. 4.60
δαῖτα καὶ νεόδματα στεφανώματα βωμῶν I. 4.62
νᾶες ἐν πόντῳ καὶ λτ;ὑφγτ;ἅρμασιν ἵπποι I. 5.5
ἑσπόμενοι Ἡρακλῆι πρότερον καὶ σὺν Ἀτρείδαις I. 5.38
Ἕκτορα καὶ στράταρχον Μέμνονα I. 5.40
Αἴαντος Τελαμωνιάδα καὶ πατρός I. 6.27
Μερόπων ἔθνεα καὶ τὸν βουβόταν Ἀλκυονῆ I. 6.32
“χθόνα καὶ στρατὸν ἀθρόον Pae. 4.42
ἐμὰν ματέραλιπόντες καὶ ὅλον οἶκον Pae. 4.45
στεφάνων καὶ θαλιᾶν Pae. 6.14
νέφεσσι δ' ἐν χρυσέοις Ὀλύμποιο καὶ κορυφαῖσινἵζων Pae. 6.93
ναυπρύτανιν δαίμονα καὶ τὰν θεμίξενον ἀρετάν Pae. 6.131
Ἁφαίστου παλάμαις καὶ Ἀθά[νας] Pae. 8.66
Κάδμου στρατὸν καὶ Ζεάθου πόλιν (Π: ἂν pro καὶ coni. Wil. metr. gr.) Πα... φυγόντα νιν καὶ μέλαν ἕρκος ἅλμας[ Δ. 1. 1. ἐπ' Αἰολάδᾳ καὶ γένει (G-H: τε καὶ Π.) Παρθ. 1. 13. ὦ Πάν, Ἀρκαδίας μεδέων καὶ σεμνῶν ἀδύτων φύλαξ fr. 95. 2. θυμὸν καὶ φωνὰν fr. 124d. βασιλῆες ἀγαυοὶ καὶ ἄνδρες fr. 133. 4. ]ἀοιδ[ὰν κ]αὶ ἁρμονίαν fr. 140b. 2. θεῶν καὶ κατ' ἀνθρώπων ἀγυιάς fr. 194. 6. τιμαὶ καὶ στέφανοι fr. 221. 2. Ζηνὸς υἱοὶ καὶ κλυτοπώλου Ποσειδάωνος fr. 243.b two adjs.ξανθαῖσι καὶ παμπορφύροις ἀκτῖσι βεβρεγμένος O. 6.55
πολύβοσκον γαῖαν ἀνθρώποισι καὶ εὔφρονα μήλοις O. 7.63
ἀγαθοὶ δὲ καὶ σοφοὶ O. 9.28
ὡραῖος ἐὼν καὶ καλὸς O. 9.94
[ ἀκρόσοφον δὲ καὶ αἰχματὰν (v. l. τε καὶ) O. 11.19]κλυτὰν καὶ ὀνυμαστάν P. 1.38
πολυμήλου καὶ πολυκαρποτάτας χθονὸς P. 9.7
εὐδαίμων δὲ καὶ ὑμνητὸς P. 10.22
γέρας τό περ νῦν καὶ ἄρειον ὄπιθεν N. 7.101
ἄνιππός εἰμι καὶ βουνομίας ἀδαέστερος Pae. 4.27
esp., two numerals,πρώτοις καὶ τερτάτοις O. 8.46
ἑβδόμᾳ καὶ σὺν δεκάτᾳ γενεᾷ P. 4.10
τεσσαράκοντα καὶὀκτὼ παρθένοισι P. 9.113
τρεῖς καὶ δέκ' ἄνδρας fr. 135.c two participles.ἐξαρκέων κτεάτεσσι καὶ εὐλογίαν προστιθείς O. 5.24
ἀποπέμπων καὶ ἐποψόμενος O. 8.52
δεξάμενον καὶ δαίσαντα N. 1.71
θνατὰ μεμνάσθω περιστέλλων μέλη καὶ γᾶν ἐπιεσσόμενος N. 11.16
cf. O. 6.20d two infinitives. “ μοναρχεῖν καὶ βασιλευέμεν” P. 4.166 “ χέρα οἱ προσενεγκεῖν ἦρα καὶ ἐκ λεχέων κεῖραι μελιαδέα ποίαν;” P. 9.37.ἐπαινεῖσθαι χρεών, καὶ μελιζέμεν N. 11.18
κελαδῆσαι καὶ προσειπεῖν I. 1.55
e two pronouns. “ ἐμὲ καὶ σὲ” P. 4.141ὄλβος ἔμπαν τὰ καὶ τὰ νέμων P. 5.55
εὐδαιμονίαν τὰ καὶ τὰ φέρεσθαι P. 7.21
f two adverbs.πολὺ καὶ πολλᾷ O. 8.23
3 in enumeration.a A καὶ B καὶ C ( καί...)λτ;γτ;άνθον ἤπειγεν καὶ Ἀμαζόνας εὐίππους καὶ ἐς Ἴστρον ἐλαύνων O. 8.47
νόστον ἔχθιστον καὶ ἀτιμότεραν γλῶσσαν καὶ ἐπίκρυφον οἶμον O. 8.69
πατρὸς ἀρχὰν καὶ βαθὺν κλᾶρον ἔμμεν καὶ μέγαρον O. 13.62
γυναικεῖον στρατὸν καὶ Χίμαιραν καὶ Σολύμους ἔπεφνεν O. 13.90
Τροίαν κραταιὸς Τελαμὼν πόρθησε καὶ Μέροπας καὶ τὸν μέγαν Ἀλκυονῆ N. 4.25
—7.χαλκὸν ὅν τε Κλείτωρ καὶ Τεγέα καὶ Ἀχαιῶν ὑψίβατοι πόλιες καὶ Λύκαιον πὰρ Διὸς θῆκε δρόμῳ N. 10.47
—8.ἐξικέσθαν καὶ μέγα ἔργον ἐμήσαντ' ὠκέως καὶ πάθον N. 10.64
ἐπῇεν καὶ ἔστα καὶ μυχοὺς διζάσατο fr. 51a. 3. τὸ δ' οἴκοθεν ἄστυ κα[ὶ ] καὶ συγγένεἰ Πα.. 32. ὦ ταὶ λιπαραὶ καὶ ἰοστέφανοι καὶ ἀοίδιμοι Ἀθᾶναι fr. 76. 1. φοινικορόδοις δ' ἐνὶ λειμώνεσσι προάστιον αὐτῶν καὶ λιβάνῳ σκιαρὰν καὶ χρυσοκάρποισιν βέβριθε λτ;δενδρέοιςγτ; καὶ τοὶ μὲν Θρ.. 3. ἔνθα βουλαὶ γερόντων καὶ νέων ἀνδρῶν ἀριστεύοισιν αἰχμαί, καὶ χοροὶ καὶ Μοῖσα καὶ Ἀγλαία fr. 199.b A καὶ B C τε ( καί...)Λύκιε καὶ Δάλοἰ ἀνάσσων, Φοῖβε, Παρνασσοῦ τε κράναν Κασταλίαν φιλέων P. 1.39
καὶ σοφοὶ καὶ χερσὶ βιαταὶ περίγλωσσοί τ' ἔφυν P. 1.42
Ἰόλαον καὶ Κάστορος βίαν, σέ τε, ἄναξ Πολύδευκες P. 11.61
ἄνδρα δ' ἐγὼ μακαρίζω μὲν πατέῤ Ἀρκεσίλαν καὶ τὸ θαητὸν δέμας ἀτρεμίαν τε σύγγονον N. 11.12
τριπόδεσσιν ἐκόσμησαν δόμον καὶ λεβήτεσσιν φιάλαισί τε χρυσοῦ I. 1.18
πόλιν τάνδε κόμιζε Δὶ καὶ κρέοντι σὺν Αἰακῷ Πηλεῖ τε κἀγαθῷ Τελαμῶνι σύν τ' Ἀχιλλεῖ P. 8.99
—100.4 καί καί, both — andκαὶ ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων O. 7.90
καὶ ἀγάνορος ἵππου θᾶσσον καὶ ναὸς ὑποπτέρου O. 9.23
καὶ λογίοις καὶ ἀοιδοῖς P. 1.94
“ ἀλλὰ καὶ σκᾶπτον μόναρχον καὶ θρόνος” P. 4.152κόρον δ' ἔχει καὶ μέλι καὶ τὰ τέρπν ἄνθἐ Ἀφροδίσια N. 7.53
καὶ τὸν ἀκερσεκόμαν Φοῖβον χορεύων καὶ τὰν ἁλιερκέα Ἰσθμοῦ δειράδ I. 1.7
καὶ πάγκαρπον ἐπὶ χθόνα καὶ διὰ πόντον βέβακεν ἐργμάτων ἀκτὶς I. 1.41
μυρίαι δ' ἔργων καλῶν τέτμανθ κέλευθοι καὶ πέραν Νείλοιο παγᾶν καὶ δἰ Ὑπερβορέους I. 6.23
εἴη καὶ ἐρᾶν καὶ ἔρωτι χαρίζεσθαι κατὰ καιρόν fr. 127. 1. with irregular coordination,καὶ τὰν παρ' ὅρκον καὶ παρὰ ἐλπίδα κούφαν κτίσιν O. 13.83
καὶ τὸν Ἰσθμοῖ καὶ Νεμέᾳ στέφανον (sc. ἐκράτησε) N. 10.26 in comparison,πειρῶντι δὲ καὶ χρυσὸς ἐν βασάνῳ πρέπει καὶ νόος ὀρθός P. 10.67
5 with intensifying force.οὔτε δύσηρις ἐὼν οὔτ' ὦν φιλόνικος ἄγαν, καὶ μέγαν ὅρκον ὀμόσσαις, τοῦτό γέ οἱ μαρτυρήσω O. 6.20
τέκεν γόνον ὑπερφίαλον μόνα καὶ μόνον P. 2.43
“τοῦτον ἄεθλον ἑκὼν τέλεσον· καί τοι μοναρχεῖν καὶ βασιλευέμεν ὄμνυμι προήσειν” conditional parataxis P. 4.1656 v. E infra for exx. of καὶ irregularly placed. B copulative, combined with τε, where τε is superfluous.1Πίσας τε καὶ Φερενίκου χάρις O. 1.18
τρεῖς τε καὶ δέκ' ἄνδρας O. 1.79
ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν O. 2.16
εὐθυμιᾶν τε μέτα καὶ πόνων O. 2.34
πλοῦτόν τε καὶ χάριν ἄγων O. 2.10
τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρὸν O. 2.53
Πηλεύς τε καὶ Κάδμος O. 2.78
ἀνδρῶν τ' ἀρετᾶς πέρι καὶ διφρηλασίας O. 3.37
αὐτόν τέ νιν καὶ φαιδίμας ἵππους O. 6.14
Συρακοσσᾶν τε καὶ Ὀρτυγίας O. 6.93
Ζεύς τε καὶ ἀθάνατοι O. 7.55
μήλων τε κνισάεσσα πομπὰ καὶ κρίσις O. 7.80
αὐτούς τ' ἀέξοι καὶ πόλιν O. 8.88
μορφᾷ τε καὶ ἔργοισι O. 9.65
τά λτ;τεγτ; τερπνὰ καὶ τὰ γλυκέα (supp. Hermann, met. gr.: om. codd., Schr.) O. 14.5γᾶν τε καὶ πόντον κατ' ἀμαιμάκετον P. 1.14
κτεάτεσσί τε καὶ περὶ τιμᾷ P. 2.59
“ παῖδες ὑπερθύμων τε φωτῶν καὶ θεῶν” P. 4.13 “ Κρηθεῖ τε μάτηρ καὶ Σαλμωνεῖ” P. 4.142ἀνέρες ἔκ τε Πύλου καὶ ἀπ' ἄκρας Ταινάρου P. 4.174
θεός τέ οἱ τὸ νῦν τε πρόφρων τελεῖ δύνασιν καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν P. 5.117
βουλᾶν τε καὶ πολέμων P. 8.3
ἔρξαι τε καὶ παθεῖν ὁμῶς P. 8.6
λύρᾳ τε καὶ φθέγματι μαλθακῷ P. 8.31
πολλάν τε καὶ ἡσύχιον εἰρήναν P. 9.22
“ ἔν τε θεοῖς κἀνθρώποις” P. 9.40τόλμᾳ τε καὶ σθένει P. 10.24
εὐφροσύνα τε καὶ δόξ' ἐπιφλέγει P. 11.45
τῶν τε καὶ τῶν χρήσιες N. 1.30
εὖ τε παθεῖν καὶ ἀκοῦσαι N. 1.32
λῆμά τε καὶ δύναμιν N. 1.57
Ἄρτεμίς τε καὶ θρασεἶ Ἀθάνα N. 3.50
Κλεωναίου τ' ἀπ ἀγῶνος καὶ λιπαρῶν εὐωνύμων ἀπ Ἀθανᾶν N. 4.18
Οἰνώνᾳ τε καὶ Κύπρῳ N. 4.46
εὔανδρόν τε καὶ ναυσικλυτὰν N. 5.9
ἐπί τε χθόνα καὶ διὰ θαλάσσας N. 6.48
σέ τ' καὶ Πολυτιμίδαν N. 6.62
χειρῶν τε καὶ ἰσχύος ἁνίοχον N. 6.66
φίλιπποί τ' αὐτόθι καὶ κτεάνων ψυχὰς ἔχοντες κρέσσονας ἄνδρες N. 9.32
γνώτ' ἀείδω θεῷ τε καὶ ὅστις ἁμιλλᾶται N. 10.31
Χαρίτεσσί τε καὶ σὺν Τυνδαρίδαις N. 10.38
Κορίνθου τ' ἐν μυχοῖς, καὶ Κλεωναίων πρὸς ἀνδρῶν τετράκις (loc. susp.) N. 10.42θάνατόν τε φυγὼν καὶ γῆρας ἀπεχθόμενον N. 10.83
ῥεέθροισί τε Δίρκας ἔφανεν καὶ παρ' Εὐρώτᾳ πέλας I. 1.29
κτεάνων θ' ἅμα λειφθεὶς καὶ φίλων I. 2.11
τῶν τε γὰρ καὶ τῶν διδοῖ I. 4.51
γαίας τε πάσας καὶ βαθύκρημνον πολιᾶς ἁλὸς ἐξευρὼν θέναρ I. 4.55
Ζεὺς τά τε καὶ τὰ νέμει I.5. 52.δαπάνᾳ τε χαρεὶς καὶ πόνῳ I. 6.10
ἀγλαοὶ παῖδές τε καὶ μάτρως I. 6.62
Ὕλλου τε καὶ Αἰγιμιοῦ I. 9.2
ὁ δ' ἐθέλων τε καὶ δυνάμενος fr. 2. 1. γᾶν τε καὶ θάλασσαν fr. 51a. 2.γαῖαν ἀμπελόεσσάν τε καὶ εὔκαρπον Pae. 2.25
τὸ δ' εὐβουλίᾳ τε καὶ αἰδοῖ ἐγκείμενον Pae. 2.51
Χαρίτεσσίν τε καὶ Ἀφροδίτᾳ Pae. 6.4
ὁ πάντα τοι τά τε καὶ τὰ τεύχων Pae. 6.132
μαντευμάτων τε θεσπεσίων δοτῆρα καὶ τελεσσιε[πῆ] θεοῦ ἄδυτον Pae. 7.2
σέ τε καὶ ῥαδ[ Πα. 7. d. 2.τά τ' ἐόντα τε κα[ὶ ] πρόσθεν γεγενημένα Pae. 8.83
ἔθηκας ἀμάχανον ἰσχύν τ ἀνδράσι καὶ σοφίας ὁδόν (Blass: πτανὸν ἀνδράσι codd. Dion. Hal.)Πα... Ἐλείθυιά τε καὶ Λάχεσις Pae. 12.17
τ]ριπόδεσσί τε καὶ θυσίαις fr. 59. 11. πρὶν μὲν ἕρπε σχοινοτένειά τ' ἀοιδὰ διθυράμβων καὶ τὸ σὰν κίβδηλον Δ. 2. 2. βαθύζωνόν τε Λατὼ καὶ θοᾶν ἵππων ἐλάτειραν fr. 89a. 2. Πειθώ τ' ἔναιεν καὶ Χάρις fr. 123. 14. Ἀπόλλωνί τε καὶ[ fr. 140b. 10. ] ραί τε καὶ υ[ fr. 215. 9. τόλμα τέ μιν ζαμενὴς καὶ σύνεσις fr. 231. emphasised, both — and, ξένον μή τιν' ἀμφότερα καλῶν τε ἴδριν ἅμα καὶ δύναμιν κυριώτερον ( ἀλλὰ coni. Hermann) O. 1.104ἀμφότερον μάντιν τ' ἀγαθὸν καὶ δουρὶ μάρνασθαι O. 6.17
ἀμφότερον δαπάναις τε καὶ πόνοις I. 1.42
once joining finite verbs,ἔν τ' ἀέθλοισι θίγον πλείστων ἀγώνων, καὶ τριπόδεσσιν ἐκόσμησαν δόμον I. 1.19
—20. irregularly coordinated,ἄγοντι δέ με νῖκαι, ὦ Μεγάκλεες, ὑμαί τε καὶ προγόνων P. 7.18
συμβαλεῖν μὰν εὐμαρὲς ἦν τό τε Πεισάνδρου πάλαι αἶμ' ἀπὸ Σπάρτας καὶ παῤ Ἰσμηνοῦ ῥοᾶν κεκραμένον ἐκ Μελανίπποιο μάτρωος N. 11.33
—6.οἶά τε χερσὶν ἀκοντίζοντες αἰχμαῖς καὶ λιθίνοις ὁπότ' ἐν δίσκοις ἵεν I. 1.24
—5.ζώων τ' ἀπὸ καὶ θάνων I. 7.30
Κλεάνδρῳ τις ἀνεγειρέτω κῶμον, Ἰσθμιάδος τε νίκας ἄποινα, καὶ Νεμέᾳ ἀέθλων ὅτι κράτος ἐξεῦρε I. 8.4
[ἀνατεί τε] καὶ ἀπριάτας ἔλασεν (H. J. Mette: ἀναιρεῖται καὶ codd. Aristidis contra metr.) fr. 169. 8. explicative / appositional, ἐγγυάσομαι ὔμμιν, ὦ Μοῖσαι, φυγόξεινον στρατὸν μήδ' ἀπείρατον καλῶν ἀκρόσοφόν τε καὶ αἰχματὰν ἀφίξεσθαι ( δὲ καὶ v. l.) O. 11.19 Νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων fr. 169. 2. cf. P. 9.452 in enumeration.a A τε καὶ B Cτε φόρμιγγά τε ποικιλόγαρυν καὶ βοὰν αὐλῶν ἐπέων τε θέσιν O. 3.8
“ μῆλά τε γάρ τοι ἐγὼ καὶ βοῶν ξανθὰς ἀγέλας ἀφίημ' ἀγρούς τε πάντας” P. 4.148ἐν Ὀλυμπίοισί τε καὶ βαθυκόλπου Γᾶς ἀέθλοις ἔν τε καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπιχωρίοις P. 9.101
—2.ἀλλά με Πυθώ τε καὶ τὸ Πελινναῖον ἀπύει Ἀλεύα τε παῖδες P. 10.4
ἀλαλὰν Λυκίων τε προσμένοι καὶ Φρυγῶν Δαρδάνων τε N. 3.60
—1.τό μοι θέμεν Κρονίδᾳ τε Δὶ καὶ Νεμέᾳ Τιμασάρχου τε πάλᾳ ὕμνου προκώμιον εἴη N. 4.9
Οὐλυμπίᾳ τε καὶ Ἰσθμοῖ Νεμέᾳ τε N. 4.75
κεῖνοι γάρ τ' ἄνοσοι καὶ ἀγήραοι πόνων τ ἄπειροι fr. 143.b A τε καὶ B καὶ C ( καὶ...) “ὅσσα τε χθὼν ἠρινὰ φύλλ' ἀναπέμπει, χὠπόσαι ψάμαθοι κλονέονται χὤ τι μέλλει, χὠπόθεν ἔσσεται, εὖ καθορᾷς” P. 9.45 ἐν ξυνῷ κεν εἴη συμπόταισιν τε γλυκερὸν καὶ Διωνύσοιο καρπῷ καὶ κυλίκεσσιν Ἀθαναίαισι κέντρον fr. 124. 3. ἄστρα τε καὶ ποταμοὶ καὶ κύματα πόντου fr. 136.c μέν τε καί, v.μέν τε O. 4.14
C emphatic, non-copulative, v. also D. 1. infra.1 καί means even.καὶ ἄπιστον ἐμήσατο πιστὸν ἔμμεναι O. 1.31
ἴδε καὶ κείναν χθόνα O. 3.31
[ θαμὰ καὶ ( θαμάκι v. l.) O. 4.27]ἠὺ δ' ἔχοντες σοφοὶ καὶ πολίταις ἔδοξαν ἔμμεν O. 5.16
ὄφρα ἵκωμαι πρὸς ἀνδρῶν καὶ γένος O. 6.25
αἱ δὲ φρενῶν ταραχαὶ παρέπλαγξαν καὶ σοφόν O. 7.31
τεθμὸς δέ τις ἀθανάτων καὶ τάνδ' ἁλιερκέα χώραν παντοδαποῖσιν ὑπέστασε ξένοις O. 8.25
τράπε δὲ Κύκνεια μάχα καὶ ὑπέρβιον Ἡρακλέα O. 10.15
δάμασε καὶ κείνους. (Boeckh: κἀκείνους codd.) O. 10.30 ἤτοι καὶ τεά κεν ἀκλεὴς τιμὰ κατεφυλλορόησεν ποδῶν O. 12. 13.ἤτοι καὶ ὁ καρτερὸς ὁρμαίνων ἕλε Βελλεροφόντας O. 13.84
σὺν δὲ κείνῳ καί ποτ' Ἀμαζονίδων βάλλων γυναικεῖον στρατὸν O. 13.87
σὺν δ' ἀνάγκᾳ μιν φίλον καί τις ἐὼν μεγαλάνωρ ἔσανεν P. 1.52
εἴ τι καὶ φλαῦρον παραιθύσσει P. 1.87
ἀλλὰ κέρδει καὶ σοφία δέδεται P. 3.54
ἔτραπεν καὶ κεῖνον (Boeckh: κἀκεῖνον codd.) P. 3.55ἐπὶ καὶ θανάτῳ P. 4.186
καὶ φθινόκαρπος ἐοῖσα διδοῖ ψᾶφον P. 4.265
ῥᾴδιον μὲν γὰρ πόλιν δεῖσαι καὶ ἀφαυροτέροις P. 4.272
αὔξεται καὶ Μοῖσα δἰ ἀγγελίας ὀρθᾶς P. 4.279
κεῖνόν γε καὶ βαρύκομποι λέοντες περὶ δείματι φύγον P. 5.57
κεῖνος αἰνεῖν καὶ τὸν ἐχθρὸν ἔννεπεν P. 9.95
ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον P. 10.57
ἔμπα καἴπερ ἔχει βαθεῖα ποντιὰς ἅλμα μέσσον, ἀντίτειν' ἐπιβουλίᾳ (Christ: καίπερ codd.) N. 4.36κεῖνος καὶ Τελαμῶνος δάψεν υἱὸν N. 8.23
ἐπαοιδαῖς δ' ἀνὴρ νώδυνον καί τις κάματον θῆκεν where καί emphasizesκάματον N. 8.50
ἦν γε μὰν ἐπικώμιος ὕμνος δὴ πάλαι, καὶ πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰν Ἀδράστου τάν τε Καδμείων ἔριν N. 8.51
ἐν γὰρ δαιμονίοισι φόβοις φεύγοντι καὶ παῖδες θεῶν N. 9.27
καὶ θνατὸν οὕτως ἔθνος ἄγει μοῖρα N. 11.42
τὸ τεόν, χρύσασπι Θήβα, πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀσχολίας ὑπέρτερον θήσομαι I. 1.2
ἔστιν δ' ἀφάνεια τύχας καὶ μαρναμένων I. 4.31
ἰατὰ δ' ἐστὶ βροτοῖς σύν γ ἐλευθερίᾳ καὶ τά I. 8.15
ἐσλόν γε φῶτα καὶ φθίμενον ὕμνοις θεᾶν διδόμεν I. 8.60
ἤτοι καὶ ἐγὼ σκόπελον ναίων Pae. 4.21
εἰ καί τι Διωνύσου ἄρουρα φέρει, ἄνιππός εἰμι though Pae. 4.252 where καί means also.ἐν καὶ θαλάσσᾳ O. 2.28
Μοῖρ' θεόρτῳ σὺν ὄλβῳ ἐπί τι καὶ πῆμ ἄγει O. 2.37
ἐπὶ μὰν βαίνει τι καὶ λάθας ἀτέκμαρτα νέφος O. 7.45
Ἐρατιδᾶν τοι σὺν χαρίτεσσιν ἔχει θαλίας καὶ πόλις O. 7.94
ἐοικότα γὰρ καὶ τελευτᾷ φερτέρου νόστου τυχεῖν (v. l. ἐν καὶ: κἀν Mosch.) P. 1.35Μοῖσα, καὶ πὰρ Δεινομένει κελαδῆσαι πίθεό μοι P. 1.58
ποτὶ καὶ τὸν ἵκοντ P. 2.36
ὅθεν φαμὶ καὶ δὲ τὰν ἀπείρονα δόξαν εὑρεῖν P. 2.64
σοφοὶ δέ τοι κάλλιον φέροντι καὶ τὰν θεόσδοτον δύναμιν P. 5.13
ἔγεντο καὶ πρότερον Ἀντίλοχος P. 6.28
ἔν τε καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπιχωρίοις P. 9.102
ἔθηκε καὶ βαθυλείμων ἀγὼν κρατησίποδα Φρικίαν P. 10.15
ἕποιτο μοῖρα καὶ ὑστέραισιν ἐν ἁμέραις P. 10.17
ῥέζοντά τι καὶ παθεῖν ἔοικεν N. 4.32
σὺν δὲ τὶν καὶ παῖς ὁ Θεαρίωνος ἀρετᾷ κλιθεὶς εὔδοξος ἀείδεται N. 7.7
ἐχθρὰ δ' ἄρα πάρφασις ἦν καὶ πάλαι N. 8.32
“καὶ ἐμοὶ θάνατον σὺν τῷδ' ἐπίτειλον, ἄναξ” N. 10.77ὁ πονήσαις δὲ νόῳ καὶ προμάθειαν φέρει I. 1.40
ἦ μὰν πολλάκι καὶ τὸ σεσωπαμένον εὐθυμίαν μείζω φέρει I. 1.63
ἔτι καὶ Πυθῶθεν I. 1.65
κεῖνον ἅψαι πυρσὸν ὕμνων καὶ Μελίσσῳ I. 4.44
ἐν δ' ἐρατεινῷ μέλιτι καὶ τοιαίδε τιμαὶ καλλίνικον χάρμ ἀγαπάζοντι I. 5.54
πόρε, Λοξία, τεαῖσιν ἁμίλλαισιν εὐανθέα καὶ Πυθόι στέφανον I. 7.51
ἔδοξ' ἦρα καὶ ἀθανάτοις ἐσλόν γε φῶτα καὶ φθίμενον ὕμνοις θεᾶν διδόμεν sc. as well as to men I. 8.59ἐπεὶ περικτίονας ἐνίκασε δή ποτε καὶ κεῖνος I. 8.65
θεὸς ὁ πάντα τεύχων βροτοῖς καὶ χάριν ἀοιδᾷ φυτεύει fr. 141.3 emphatic, where neither of the two previous meanings seems applicable.a emphasizing subs., adj.καί πού τι καὶ βροτῶν φάτις O. 1.28
σέο ἕκατι καὶ μεγασθενῆ νόμισαν χρυσὸν ἄνθρωποι περιώσιον ἄλλων I. 5.2
φαντὶ γὰρ ξύν' ἀλέγειν καὶ γάμον Θέτιος ἄνακτας (others interpr. καὶ as copulative) I. 8.47ταῦτα καὶ μακάρων ἐμέμναντ' ἀγοραί I. 8.26
ἀπὸ καὶ πατρός Πα. 7C. 9. ὁ δὲ κηλεῖται χορευοίσαισι κα[ὶ θη]ρῶν ἀγέλαις (supp. Housman) Δ. 2. 22. esp. subs. prop.,ἦλθε καὶ Γανυμήδης O. 1.44
ἀνταγόρευσεν καὶ Πελίας P. 4.156
ἔγνον ποτὲ καὶ Ἰόλαον P. 9.79
λαὸν θαμὰ δὴ καὶ Ὀλυμπιάδων φύλλοις ἐλαιᾶν χρυσέοις μιχθέντα N. 1.17
αἰνέω καὶ Πυθέαν I. 5.59
κώμαζ' ἔπειτεν ἁδυμελεῖ σὺν ὕμνῳ καὶ Στρεψιάδᾳ I. 7.21
other exx. under c. α. infra.b preceding demonstrative.εἶπεν καὶ τόδε P. 4.86
καὶτόδε συνθέμενος ῥῆμα P. 4.277
ἐξύφαινε, γλυκεῖα, καὶ τόδ' αὐτίκα, φόρμιγξ, Λυδίᾳ σὺν ἁρμονίᾳ μέλος N. 4.44
I relative.Ἄργει δ' ὅσσα καὶ ἐν Θήβαις O. 13.107
θεός, ὃ καὶ πτερόεντ' αἰετὸν κίχε P. 2.50
οἶα καὶ πολλοὶ πάθον P. 3.20
οἵτε καὶ P. 3.89
ἔνθα καὶ P. 4.253
ὃ καὶ P. 5.63
[ τῷ καὶ (codd.: καὶ del. Pauw.) P. 5.69]ἀλλ' ἔσται χρόνος οὗτος, ὃ καί τιν ἀελπτίᾳ βαλὼν ἔμπαλιν γνώμας P. 12.31
ὅθεν περ καὶ Ὁμηρίδαι N. 2.1
ὃς καὶ Ἰαολκὸν εἷλε N. 3.34
τᾷ καὶ Δαναοὶ πόνησαν N. 7.36
οἷοι καὶ Διὸς Αἰγίνας τε λέκτρον ἀμφεπόλησαν N. 8.6
ὅσπερ καὶ Κινύραν ἔβρισε πλούτῳ N. 8.18
πατρίδι ἐν ᾇ καὶ τὸν ἀδείμαντον Ἀλκμήνα τέκεν παῖδα I. 1.12
ὅν τε καὶ κάρυκες ὡρᾶν ἀνέγνον I. 2.23
ἅ τε κἀν γουνοῖς Ἀθανᾶν ἅρμα καρύξαισα νικᾶν (Boeckh: κεἰν, κἠν codd.) I. 4.25τοὶ καὶ σὺν μάχαις δὶς πόλιν Τρώων πράθον I. 5.35
ὃ καὶ δαιμόνεσσι δίκας ἐπείραινε I. 8.23
ὃ καὶ Μύσιον ἀμπελόεν αἵμαξε πεδίον I. 8.49
ὃς καὶ τυπεὶς ἁγνῷ πελέκει τέκετο ξανθὰν Ἀθάναν fr. 34.II demonstrative.τὸ καὶ ἀνδρὶ πάρεστι Συρακοσίῳ O. 6.17
τὸ καὶ κατεφάμιξεν O. 6.56
τῶ καὶ ἐγὼ καίπερ ἀχνύμενος θυμόν I. 8.5
τὸ καὶ νῦν φέρει λόγον I. 8.61
cf. I. 8.26d with temporal adv.τότε καὶ φαυσίμβροτος δαίμων Ὑπεριονίδας O. 7.39
καὶ τότε γνοὺς P. 3.31
μετὰ καὶ νῦν P. 4.64
cf. I. 8.61καὶ νῦν N. 5.43
[ καὶ νῦν (v. l. καί νυν) N. 6.8] ἐνῆκεν καὶ ἔπειτ[ Παρθ. 2.. καὶ τότ' ἐγὼ fr. 168. 4. v. also νῦνe emphasizing prepositional phrases, cf. E infra.ὃς ἔχεις καὶ πεδὰ μέγαν κάματον λόγων φερτάτων μναμήἰ P. 5.47
“εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ πὰρ σοφὸν ἀντιφερίξαι, ἐρέω” P. 9.50πλεῖστα νικάσαντά δε καὶ τελεταῖς ὡρίαις ἐν Παλλάδος εἶδον P. 9.97
γλυκύ τι δαμωσόμεθα καὶ μετὰ πόνον I. 8.8
οἶαν Βρομίου [τελε]τὰν καὶ παρὰ σκᾶ[πτ]ον Διὸς Οὐρανίδαι ἐν μεγάροις ἵσταντι Δ. 2. 7.f with dependent infinitive phrase.γλυκεῖα δὲ φρὴν καὶ συμπόταισιν ὁμιλεῖν P. 6.53
πράσσει χρέος, αὖτις ἐγεῖραι καὶ παλαιὰν δόξαν ἑῶν προγόνων P. 9.105
ἐγὼ δ' ἀστοῖς ἁδὼν καὶ χθονὶ γυῖα καλύψαι (sc. εὔχομαι) N. 8.384 in comparisons.aὡς εἰ καί, ὥτε καί. φιάλαν ὡς εἴ τις δωρήσεται νεανίᾳ γαμβρῷ, καὶ ἐγὼ νέκταρ χυτόν ἀνδράσιν πέμπων ἱλάσκομαι O. 7.7
ἀλλ' ὥτε παῖς, καὶ ὅταν O. 10.91
bοὕτω καί. ἐν δ' ὀλίγῳ βροτῶν τὸ τερπνὸν αὔξεται· οὕτω δὲ καὶ πίτνει χαμαί P. 8.93
καὶ θνατὸν οὕτως ἔθνος ἄγει N. 11.42
cοἷος καί. ἤρατο τῶν ἀπεόντων· οἶα καὶ πολλοὶ πάθον P. 3.20
τῶν ἀρειόνων ἐρώτων. οἷοι καὶ Διὸς Αἰγίνας τε λέκτρον ποιμένες ἀμφεπόλησαν N. 8.6
d ἐπεὶ ψάμμος ἀριθμὸν περιπέφευγεν, καὶ κεῖνος ὅσα χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν, τίς ἂν φράσαι δύναιτο; O. 2.99ὅθεν περ καὶ Ὁμηρίδαι ῥαπτῶν ἐπέων τὰ πόλλ' ἀοιδοὶ ἄρχονται, καὶ ὅδ ἀνὴρ N. 2.3
, cf. P. 10.67 D in combination with other particles.1 δὲ καίa where καί means evenφύονται δὲ καὶ νέοις ἐν ἀνδράσιν πολιαί P. 4.25
κῆλα δὲ καὶ δαιμόνων θέλγει φρένας P. 1.12
βία δὲ καὶ μεγάλαυχον ἔσφαλεν ἐν χρόνῳ P. 8.15
θανόντων δὲ καὶ φίλοι προδόται (Bergk: λόγοι φίλοι codd.) fr. 160.b where καί means alsoἀγλαίζεται δὲ καὶ μουσικᾶς ἐν ἀώτῳ O. 1.14
δαέντι δὲ καὶ σοφία μείζων ἄδολος τελέθει O. 7.53
ἔστι δὲ καί τι θανόντεσσιν μέρος O. 8.77
οἱ δ' Ἀρκάδες, οἱ δὲ καὶ Πισᾶται O. 9.68
ἄλλαι δὲ δὔ χάρμαι, τὰ δὲ καὶ Νεμέας κατὰ κόλπον O. 9.87
τὰ δὲ καί ποτ' ἐν ἀλκᾷ O. 13.55
τέρας μὲν θαυμάσιον προσιδέσθαι, θαῦμα δὲ καὶ παρεόντων ἀκοῦσαι P. 1.26
μάκαρ δὲ καὶ νῦν P. 5.20
τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀνδράσιν ἐμπρέπει P. 8.28
χαίρων δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς Ἀλκμᾶνα στεφάνοισι βάλλω, ῥαίνω δὲ καὶ ὕμνῳ bis. P. 8.56—7.πολλοὶ ἀριστῆες, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ξείνων P. 9.
108.ἐλᾷ δὲ καὶ τέσσαρας ἀρετὰς ὁ θνατὸς αἰών N. 3.74
πρόφρων δὲ καὶ κείνοις ἄειδ' ἐν Παλίῳ Μοισᾶν ὁ κάλλιστος χορός N. 5.22
ἕπομαι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔχων μελέταν N. 6.54
μαστεύει δὲ καὶ τέρψις ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι πιστόν N. 8.43
ἔστι δὲ καὶ κόρος ἀνθρώπων N. 10.20
ἐκράτησε δὲ καί ποθ' Ἕλλανα στρατὸν Πυθῶνι N. 10.25
τρὶς μὲν τρὶς δὲ καὶ σεμνοῖς δαπέδοις ἐν Ἀδραστείῳ νόμῳ N. 10.28
ἐν Ἰσθμῷ Νεμέᾳ δὲ καὶ ἀμφοῖν I. 5.18
μέτρα μὲν γνώμᾳ διώκων μέτρα δὲ καὶ κατέχων I. 6.71
αἰνέων Μελέαγρον, αἰνέων δὲ καὶ Ἕκτορα Ἀμφιάρηόν τε I. 7.32
κλεινὸς Αἰακοῦ λόγος, κλεινὰ δὲ καὶ ναυσικλυτὸς Αἴγινα I. 9.1
διαγινώσκομαι μὲν γινώσκομαι δὲ καὶ μοῖσαν παρέχων ἅλις Pae. 4.23
μνάσει δὲ καί τινα Pae. 14.35
τέρπεται δὲ καί τις ἐπ' οἶδμ ἅλιον ναὶ θοᾷ διαστείβων fr. 221. 4. N. B. anaphora O. 9.68, P. 9.108, N. 10.28, I. 6.71, I. 7.32, I. 9.1c where καί is generally emphatic. τῶν νῦν δὲ καὶ Θρασύβουλος πατρῴαν μάλιστα πρὸς στάθμαν ἔβα (= αὖ, Gr. Part., 305 P. 6.44 ἔστι δὲ καὶ διδύμων ἀέθλων Μελίσσῳ μοῖρα and two are the victories that M. has I. 3.9 ἐν δ' ἄρα καὶ Τενέδῳ Πειθώ τ ἔναιεν ( précisement van Groningen) fr. 123. 13. σοφοὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν ἔπος αἴνησαν περισσῶς fr. 35b. where δὲ is separated fromκαί; εἰ δ' αὐτὸ καὶ θεὸς ἀνέχοι N. 7.89
2 combined with particles other particles than δέ. a. καί ῥα v. ῥα. b. καί νυν v. νυν. c. καὶ γάρ v. γάρ. d. καὶ μάν v. μά ν. e. καίτοι v. τοι f. καίπερ v. καίπερ [g. καί τε is not a genuine combination of particles, in spite of apparent exx. I. 2.19 coni., I. 2.23, I. 4.25—6, I. 7.32—3.] E position of καί: 1. the position of emphatic καὶ is sometimes between prep. and subs., cf. C. 3. e supra:ἐν καὶ θαλάσσᾳ O. 2.28
ἐπὶ καὶ θανάτῳ P. 4.186
ἐν Ὀλυμπίοισί τε καὶ βαθυκόλπου Γᾶς ἀέθλοις ἔν τε καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπιχωρίοις P. 9.102
ἀπὸ καὶ πατρός Πα. 7C. 9. cf. fr. 123. 13. This usage is irregularly applied to copulative καί:ἐν καὶ τελευτᾷ O. 7.26
θαητὸν ἐν ἅλιξι θησέμεν ἐν καὶ παλαιτέροις (Tricl.: ἔν τε, ἔν τε καὶ codd.) P. 10.58 πέσε δ (sc. κῦμ' Ἀίδα)ἀδόκητον ἐν καὶ δοκέοντα N. 7.31
ζώων τ' ἀπὸ καὶ θανών I. 7.30
2 irregular position of καί. dub. exx.a copulative. ὄνυχας ὀξυτάτους ἀκμὰν / καὶ δεινοτάτων σχάσαις ὀδόντων ( καί coni. Ahlwardt: τε codd.: ὀξ. σχ. καὶ δειν. coni. Wil.) N. 4.64 [ καὶ coni. Ahlwardt, τ codd. P. 10.69]b emphatic. δελφῖνι καὶ τάχος δἰ ἅλμας ἶσον κ' εἴποιμι Μελησίαν (Schr. e Σ: κεν codd.: κ add. Wil., om. codd: “nicht ein umgestelltes “und” sondern “auch” wie die Σ auch verstehen.” Wil.) N. 6.64 F in crasis.κἀσόφοις O. 3.45
κἀγοραὶ O. 12.5
χὠπόταν χὤταν P. 2.87
—8.κοὔ P. 4.151
τε κἀγαθῷ P. 8.100
κἀνθρώποις P. 9.40
χὠπόσαι χὤ τι χὠπόθεν P. 9.46
—8. καἴπερ (coni. Christ: καίπερ codd.) N. 4.36 κἀν (Boeckh: κεἰν, κἠν codd.) I. 4.25 εἰρήσεταί που κἀν βραχίστοις (Heyne: που κἐν, πα κ' ἐν codd.) I. 6.59 κεἴ fr. 4. κἀγχερριθ[ Πα. 22. i. 3. G fragg.καὶ θυόε[ντα Pae. 3.8
]καί ποτε[ Pae. 6.73
]σεκαι[ Πα. 7B. 2. ]καὶ χ[ Pae. 10.2
]καὶ χρυσο[ Pae. 10.10
καὶ τα[Πα. 13d. 8. ]τε καὶ ἁνίκα ναύλοχοι[ Pae. 18.9
]καί νιν ορει[ Πα. 22a. 1. ]αμα καὶ στρατιὰ[ Δ. 3. 11. ]τηρκαιε[ Δ. 4. d. 3. καὶ λιπαρῷ fr. 204. ] σκαιλυ[ fr. 215b. col. 2. 4. -
18 σύν
1 prep. c. dat. (with second only of two nouns, P. 4.10, P. 8.99, N. 10.38, N. 10.53, N. 10.84, Πα. 6. 4: following noun c. adj., O. 2.18, P. 4.187, P. 8.7, P. 8.54; c. dependent gen., O. 13.58)a along with, accompanied byI of people, thingsἀντιθέοισιν νίσεται σὺν παισὶ Λήδας O. 3.35
κεῖνος σὺν βαρυγδούπῳ πατρὶ O. 6.81
σὺν Διαγόρᾳ κατέβαν O. 7.13
ναίοντας Ἀργείᾳ σὺν αἰχμᾷ O. 7.19
ἀλλὰ Κρόνου σὺν παιδὶ νεῦσαι O. 7.67
κωμάζοντι φίλοις Ἐφαρμόστῳ σὺν ἑταίροις O. 9.4
ἔστα σὺν Ἀχιλλεῖ μόνος O. 9.71
ταὶ Διωνύσου πόθεν ἐξέφανεν σὺν βοηλάτᾳ χάριτες διθυράμβῳ; O. 13.19Πτοιοδώρῳ σὺν πατρὶ O. 13.41
τοὶ μὲν γένει φίλῳ σὺν Ἀτρέος Ἑλέναν κομίζοντες O. 13.58
κοῦραι παρ' ἐμὸν πρόθυρον σὺν Πανὶ μέλπονται θαμὰ P. 3.78
κωμάζοντι σὺν Ἀρκεσίλᾳ P. 4.2
“ ἐναλίαν βᾶμεν σὺν ἅλμᾳ” P. 4.39σὺν κείνοισι P. 4.134
ἅλιξιν σὺν ἄλλοις P. 4.187
σὺν Ἑλένᾳ γὰρ μόλον P. 5.83
“ ἀφίξεται λαῷ σὺν ἀβλαβεῖ” P. 8.54Αἴγινα φίλα μᾶτερ, ἐλευθέρῳ στόλῳ πόλιν τάνδε κόμιζε Δὶ καὶ κρέοντι σὺν Αἰακῷ Πηλεῖ τε κἀγαθῷ Τελαμῶνι σύν τ' Ἀχιλλεῖ P. 8.99
—100.Πυθιονίκαν σὺν βαθυζώνοισιν ἀγγέλλων Τελεσικράτη Χαρίτεσσι γεγωνεῖν P. 9.2
ἴτε σὺν Ἡρακλέος ἀριστογόνῳ ματρὶ P. 11.3
Κασσάνδραν πολιῷ χαλκῷ σὺν Ἀγαμεμνονίᾳ ψυχᾷ πόρεὐ Ἀχέροντος ἀκτὰν παρ' εὔσκιον νηλὴς γυνά P. 11.20
διδύμῳ σὺν κασιγνήτῳ μόλεν N. 1.36
ἐγὼ τόδε τοι πέμπω μεμιγμένον μέλι λευκῷ σὺν γάλακτι N. 3.78
( Ἡρακλέης)σὺν ᾧ ποτε Τροίαν πόρθησε N. 4.25
Ἑρμᾷ καὶ σὺν Ἡρακλεῖ N. 10.53
“καὶ ἐμοὶ θάνατον σὺν τῷδ' ἐπίτειλον, ἄναξ” N. 10.77 “θέλεις λτ;ναίειν ἐμοὶγτ; σύν τ' Ἀθαναίᾳ κελαινεγχεῖ τ Ἄρει” N. 10.84Ἀμύκλαθεν γὰρ ἔβα σὺν Ὀρέστᾳ N. 11.34
τὸν ἀκερσεκόμαν Φοῖβον χορεύων ἐν Κέῳ ἀμφιρύτᾳ σὺν ποντίοις ἀνδράσιν I. 1.8
σὺν Ὀρσέᾳ δέ νιν κωμάξομαι I. 4.72
σὺν Χάρισιν δ' ἔμολον I. 5.21
ἑσπόμενοι Ἡρακλῆι πρότερον, καὶ σὺν Ἀτρείδαις I. 5.38
ἆγε σὺν Τιρυνθίοισιν πρόφρονα σύμμαχον I. 6.28
πέφνεν δὲ σὺν κείνῳ Μερόπων ἔθνεα I. 6.31
πολίων δ' ἑκατὸν πεδέχειν μέρος ἕβδομον Πασιφάας λτ;σὺνγτ; υἱ[οῖ]σι (add. Housman metr. gr.: <ἓξ> Wil.: om. Π.)Πα.. 3. χρυσέα κλυτόμαντι Πυθοῖ, λίσσομαι Χαρίτεσσίν τε καὶ σὺν Ἀφροδίτᾳ με δέξαι Pae. 6.4
κελαινεφεῖ σὺν πατρὶ Μναμοσύνᾳ τε τοῦτον ἔσχετ[ε τεθ]μόν Pae. 6.55
ὄφρα σὺν Χειμάρῳ μεθύων Ἀγαθωνίδᾳ βάλω κότταβον fr. 128. 2. πρῶτον μὲν Ἀλκμήνας σὺν υἱῷ ἦλθεν fr. 172. 4.II =ἔχων. ταχὺ δὲ Καδμείων ἀγοὶ χαλκέοις σὺν ὅπλοις ἔδραμον ἀθρόοι N. 1.51
σπεῦδεν ὅμιλος ἱκέσθαι χαλκέοις ὅπλοισιν ἱππείοις τε σὺν ἔντεσιν N. 9.22
“μολόντα βαιοῖς σὺν ἔντεσιν ποτὶ πολὺν στρατόν Pae. 2.74
I esp. of godsσὺν θεοῖς O. 8.14
σὺν Κυπρογενεῖ O. 10.105
σὺν δὲ κείνῳ O. 13.87
σὺν γὰρ ὑμῖν O. 14.5
σύν τοι τίν κεν ἁγητὴρ ἀνήρ τράποι P. 1.69
πρὶν τελέσσαι ματροπόλῳ σὺν Ἐλειθυίᾳ P. 3.9
“ σὺν Δαναοῖς” P. 4.48κλέψεν τε Μήδειαν σὺν αὐτᾷ P. 4.250
ἀλλὰ χρονίῳ σὺν Ἄρει πέφνεν τε ματέρα P. 11.36
φέρε στεφανώματα σὺν ξανθαῖς Χάρισσιν N. 5.54
σὺν δὲ τὶν καὶ παῖς ὁ Θεαρίωνος ἀρετᾷ κριθεὶς εὔδοξος ἀείδεται N. 7.6
σὺν θεῷ γάρ τοι φυτευθεὶς ὄλβος ἀνθρώποισι παρμονώτερος N. 8.17
εὔχομαι ταύταν ἀρετὰν κελαδῆσαι σὺν Χαρίτεσσιν N. 9.54
Χαρίτεσσί τε καὶσὺν Τυνδαρίδαις N. 10.38
σὺν θεοῖς I. 1.6
σὺν θεῷ I. 4.5
II of things, by means of, throughσὺν ἅρματι θοῷ κλείζειν O. 1.110
λάθα δὲ πότμῳ σὺν εὐδαίμονι γένοιτ' ἄν O. 2.18
Ἐρινὺς ἔπεφνέ οἱ σὺν ἀλλαλοφονίᾳ γένος O. 2.42
σὺν δὲ φιλοφροσύναις εὐηράτοις Ἁγησία δέξαιτο κῶμον O. 6.98
σύν τινι μοιριδίῳ παλάμᾳ ἐξαίρετον Χαρίτων νέμομαι κᾶπον O. 9.26
θεοῦ σὺν παλάμᾳ O. 10.21
εἰ δὲ σὺν πόνῳ τις εὖ πράσσοι O. 11.4
τὸ πλουτεῖν δὲ σὺν τύχᾳ πότμου σοφίας ἄριστον P. 2.56
“ σὺν τιμᾷ θεῶν” P. 4.51σὺν Νότου δ' αὔραις ἐπ Ἀξείνου στόμα πεμπόμενοι P. 4.203
σὺν δ' ἐλαίῳ φαρμακώσαισ ἀντίτομα P. 4.221
ὔμμι Λατοίδας ἔπορεν Λιβύας πεδίον σὺν θεῶν τιμαῖς ὀφέλλειν P. 4.260
σὺν ὀρθαῖς κιόνεσσιν δεσποσύναισιν ἐρειδομένα P. 4.267
σὺν δ' ἀέθλοις ἐκέλευσεν διακρῖναι ποδῶν P. 9.115
τὸν Ἱπποκλέαν ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον σὺν ἀοιδαῖς ἕκατι στεφάνων θαητὸν ἐν ἅλιξι θησέμεν P. 10.57
Ὀλυμπίᾳ τ' ἀγώνων πολυφάτων ἔσχον θοὰν ἀκτῖνα σὺν ἵπποις P. 11.48
ὄφρα τὸν Εὐρυάλας ἐκ καρπαλιμᾶν γενύων χριμφθέντα σὺν ἔντεσι μιμήσαιτ' ἐρικλάγκταν γόον P. 12.21
ἀρχαὶ δὲ (sc. τοῦ ὕμνου)βέβληνται θεῶν κείνου σὺν ἀνδρὸς δαιμονίαις ἀρεταῖς N. 1.9
σὺν Χαρίτων τύχᾳ N. 4.7
Μενάνδρου σὺν τύχᾳ μόχθων ἀμοιβὰν ἐπαύρεο N. 5.48
σὺν θεοῦ δὲ τύχᾳ N. 6.24
ἔργοις δὲ καλοῖς ἔσοπτρον ἴσαμεν ἑνὶ σὺν τρόπῳ, εἰ N. 7.14
νεοθαλὴς δ' αὔξεται μαλθακᾷ νικαφορία σὺν ἀοιδᾷ N. 9.49
Σικυωνόθε δ' ἀργυρωθέντες σὺν οἰνηραῖς φιάλαις ἀπέβαν N. 10.43
σὺν ποδῶν χειρῶν τε νικᾶσαι σθένει N. 10.48
εὐτυχήσαις ἢ σὺν εὐδόξοις ἀέθλοις ἢ σθένει πλούτου I. 3.1
εὐανθεῖ σὺν ὄλβῳ εἴ τις εὖ πάσχων λόγον ἐσλὸν ἀκούῃ I. 5.12
τοὶ καὶ σὺν μάχαις δὶς πόλιν Τρώων ἔπραθον I. 5.35
κώμαζ' ἔπειτεν ἁδυμελεῖ σὺν ὕμνῳ καὶ Στρεψιάδᾳ I. 7.20
ἰατὰ δ' ἐστὶ βροτοῖς σύν γ ἐλευθερίᾳ καὶ τά I. 8.15
σὺν θεῶν δέ νιν αἴσᾳ ἐκτίσσατο I. 9.1
τοὶ σὺν πολέμῳ κτησάμενοιχθόνα πολύδωρον Pae. 2.59
νέων δὲ μέριμναι σὺν πόνοις εἱλισσόμεναι δόξαν εὑρίσκοντι fr. 227. 1.cI of accompanying circumstances, along withἁμέραν ὁπότε ἀτειρεῖ σὺν ἀγαθῷ τελευτάσομεν O. 2.33
θεόρτῳ σὺν ὄλβῳ ἐπί τι καὶ πῆμ' ἄγει O. 2.36
Ἐρατιδᾶν τοι σὺν χαρίτεσσιν ἔχει θαλίας καὶ πόλις O. 7.93
ἔστασεν ἑορτὰν σὺν Ὀλυμπιάδι πρώτᾳ νικαφορίαισί τε O. 10.58
πέτρας φοίνισσα κυλινδομένα φλὸξ ἐς βαθεῖαν φέρει πόντου πλάκα σὺν πατάγῳ P. 1.24
καὶ σὺν εὐφώνοις θαλίαις ὀνυμαστάν P. 1.38
πόλιν κείναν θεοδμάτῳ σὺν ἐλευθερίᾳ ἔκτισσε P. 1.61
“ οὐκέτι τλάσομαι ψυχᾷ γένος ἁμὸν ὀλέσσαι ματρὸς βαρείᾳ σὺν πάθᾳ” P. 3.42νιν σὺν εὐδοξίᾳ μετανίσεαι P. 5.8
ἁρπαλέαν δόσιν πενταεθλίου σὺν ἑορταῖς ὑμαῖς ἐπάγαγες P. 8.66
εἰ γάρ τις ἐσλὰ πέπαται μὴ σὺν μακρῷ πόνῳ P. 8.73
κεῖνος αἰνεῖν καὶ τὸν ἐχθρὸν παντὶ θυμῷ σύν τε δίκᾳ καλὰ ῥέζοντ' ἔννεπεν (δικαίως Σ.) P. 9.96ἵλαος ἀθανάτων ἀνδρῶν τε σὺν εὐμενίᾳ δέξαι στεφάνωμα τόδ P. 12.4
θρῆνον λειβόμενον δυσπενθέι σὺν καμάτῳ P. 12.10
καί τινα σὺν πλαγίῳ ἀνδρῶν κόρῳ στείχοντα N. 1.64
ἔνθα μιν εὔφρονες ἶλαι σὺν καλάμοιο βοᾷ θεὸν δέκονται N. 5.38
ἐκ πόνων δ, οἳ σὺν νεότατι γένωνται σύν τε δίκᾳ N. 9.44
ἀλλὰ σὺν δόξᾳ τέλος δωδεκάμηνον περᾶσαί νιν ἀτρώτῳ κραδίᾳ (Dissen: περᾶσαι σὺν codd.) N. 11.9ἐπεί νιν Ἀλκαθόου τ' ἀγὼν σὺν τύχᾳ ἐν Ἐπιδαύρῳ τε νεότας δέκετο πρίν I. 8.67
Λατόος ἔνθα με παῖδες εὐμενεῖ δέξασθε νόῳ θεράποντα ὑμέτερον κελαδεννᾷ σὺν μελιγάρυι παιᾶνος ἀγακλέος ὀμφᾷ Pae. 5.47
μανίαι τ' ἀλαλαί τ ὀρίνεται ῥιψαύχενι σὺν κλόνῳ Δ. 2. 13. Διόθεν τέ με σὺν ἀγλαίᾳ ἴδετε πορευθέντ ἀοιδᾶν δεύτερον fr. 75. 7. ἀχεῖ τ' ὀμφαὶ μελέων σὺν αὐλοῖς fr. 75. 18.II with, at the time of “καὶ τὸ Μηδείας ἔπος ἀγκομίσαι ἑβδόμᾳ καὶ σὺν δεκάτᾳ γενεᾷ Θήραιον P. 4.10
τὺ γὰρ τὸ μαλθακὸν ἔρξαι τε καὶ παθεῖν ὁμῶς ἐπίστασαι καιρῷ σὺν ἀτρεκεῖ P. 8.7
ὄφραΘέμιν ἱερὰν κελαδήσετ' ἄκρᾳ σὺν ἑσπέρᾳ P. 11.10
τὸν κωμάξατε Τιμοδήμῳ σὺν εὐκλέι νόστῳ N. 2.24
ἐκ πόνων δ, οἳ σὺν νεότατι γένωνται σύν τε δίκᾳ N. 9.44
χρῆν μὲν κατὰ καιρὸν ἐρώτων δρέπεσθαι, θυμέ, σὺν ἁλικίᾳ fr. 123. 1.III with, under the influence ofσὺν δ' ἀνάγκᾳ μιν φίλον καί τις ἐὼν μεγαλάνωρ ἔσανεν P. 1.51
σὺν δ' ἀνάγκᾳ πὰν καλόν fr. 122. 9.d in of musical termsἐξύφαινε, γλυκεῖα, καὶ τόδ' αὐτίκα, φόρμιγξ, Λυδίᾳ σὺν ἁρμονίᾳ μέλος N. 4.45
e fragg.σὺν ἀπιομ[ήδ]ει φιλ[ Pae. 7.7
παρθένῳ σὺν πομ[ Πα. 7C. a. 4. σὺν παντ[ Πα. 13. a. 7. ]σὺν κτύπῳ[ Πα. 13. a. 15. πορφυρέᾳ σὺν κρόκ[ᾳ Πα. 13. a. 19. σὺν Χαρίτ[εσσι P. Oxy. 841, fr. 112.2 adv.a at the same time εἰ γάρ τις ἀνθρώπων πράσσει θεοδμάτους ἀρετὰς σύν τέ οἱ δαίμων φυτεύει δόξαν (tmesin vidit Boeckh) I. 6.12 -
19 ἀλλά
I in simple oppositions, but,1 after neg. clauses,οὐ κακός, ἀλλ' ἀγαθός Thgn.212
;οὐδὲ μὲν Ἕκτωρ μίμνεν, ἀλλ'.. ἐφορμᾶται Il.15.690
, etc.b after a simple neg.,ἦ παραφρονεῖς; οὔκ, ἀλλ' ὕπνος μ' ἔχει Ar.V.9
, etc.c freq. after οὐ μόνον, μὴ μόνον, with or withoutκαί, οὐ μόνον ἅπαξ, ἀ. πολλάκις Pl.Phdr. 228a
, cf. Th. 3.59, X.Mem.1.4.13, etc.; withoutμόνον, οὐχ ἑσπέρας, ἀλλὰ καὶ μεσημβρίας E.Fr. 1006
: also after οὐχ (or μὴ ( ὅτι, οὐχ (or μὴ) ὅπως, either, not only.. but..,μὴ ὅτι ἰδιώτην τινά, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέγαν βασιλέα Pl.Ap. 40d
;μὴ ὅτι κατὰ τὸ σῶμα, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν Id.Smp. 207e
; or, not only not.. but..,οὐχ ὅπως κωλυταὶ.. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ.. περιόψεσθε Th.1.35
;οὐχ ὅτι ὠργίζοντο, ἀλλ' ἐζήλουν D.19.265
; the neg. form is ἀλλ' οὐδέ, μὴ ὅτι ὑπὲρ ἄλλου, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦδίκην εἴρηκα Is.10.1
, etc.2 in the apodosis of hypothetical sentences, still, at least,εἴπερ γάρ τε.. ἀλλά τε Il.1.82
, etc.: in Prose, esp. ἀλλ' οὖν.. γε orἀλλά.. γε, εἰ καὶ σμικρά, ἀ. οὖν ἴση γε ἡ χάρις Hdt.3.140
; εἰ μή (sc. ὁρῶ) , ἀλλ' ἀκούω γε, Pl.Grg. 470d, cf. Isoc.3.15,al.;εἰ μηδέν ἐστι τελευτήσαντι, ἀλλ' οὖν τοῦτόν γε τὸν χρόνον ἧττον ἀηδὴς ἔσομαι Pl.Phd. 91b
(in later Gk. ἀλλά γε may be in juxtaposition,εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμί 1 Ep.Cor.9.2
, and ἀ. γε δή is found with vv. Il. in Pl.Phdr. 262a); εἰ καὶ μετέχουσι.. ἀλλ' οὐ .. Arist. Pol. 1282a11:—less freq. after Conjunctions of Time, asἐπεὶ δή Od.14.151
; .b after Hom., ἀ. is used elliptically, esp. with Advbs. of Time, ὦ θεοὶ πατρῷοι, συγγένεσθέ γ' ἀ. νῦν (sc. εἰ μὴ πρότερον, ἀ. νῦν γε) S.El. 411, cf. Ant. 552, E.Heracl. 565;ἀ. τῷ χρόνῳ Id.Med. 912
; ἐὰν οὖν ἀ. νῦν γ' ἔτι, i.e.ἐὰν οὖν [μὴἄλλοτε], ἀ. νῦν γε .. if then now at least ye still.., D.3.33, cf. Lys.10.15:—without an Adv. of Time, at least, , cf. S.OC 1276, E.HF 331.3 sts.= ἀλλ' ἤ (q.v.), except, but, οὔτι μοι αἴτιος ἄλλος, ἀ... τοκῆε no one else, but.., Od.8.312;οὐδέ τις ἄλλη φαίνετο γαιάων, ἀ. οὐρανὸς ἠδὲ θάλασσα 12.404
;ἔπαισεν οὔτις ἀ. ἐγώ S.OT 1331
;ἡδέα.. οὐκ ἔστιν ἀ. τούτοις Arist.EN 1176a22
, cf. 1152b30: cf. reverse process in our word but=be out, except:—sts. with force of ἤ after comparatives, τάφον, οὐκ ἐν ᾧ κεῖνται μᾶλλον, ἀ.ἐν ᾧ ἡ δόξα κτλ. not that in which they are lying, but far more.., Th.2.43;οὐχ ὅπλων τὸ πλέον, ἀ. δαπάνης Id.1.83
.4 with neg. after an affirmative word or clause, to be rendered simply by not,ἀγαθῶν, ἀ. οὐχὶ κακῶν αἴτιον Lys.14.16
;τῶν σπουδαίων, ἀ. μὴ τῶν φαύλων Isoc.1.2
;ἐκεῖθεν, ἀ. οὐκ ἐνθένδε ἡρπάσθη Pl.Phdr. 229d
:—after a question, τί δεῖ ἐμβαλεῖν λόγον περὶ τούτου, ἀ. οὐχὶ προειπεῖν; X.Cyr.2.2.19, cf. Isoc.15.229, etc.b without neg.,μικρὸς μὲν ἔην δέμας, ἀ. μαχητής Il.5.801
.II to oppose whole sentences,but, yet:1 freq. in transitions, as Il.1.135, 140, etc.; ἀ. καὶ ὥς .. 1.116; ἀ. οὐδ' ὥς .. Od. 1.6:—after Hom. in answers and objections, nay but.., well but.., freq. with negs., esp. in making and answering objections, Ar. Ach. 402, 407; also in affirmative answers, Pl.Prt. 330b, Grg. 449a, etc.:—repeated in a succession of questions or objections, πότερον ᾔτουν σέ τι.. ; ἀ. ἀπῄτουν; ἀ. περὶ παιδικῶν μαχόμενος; ἀ. μεθύων ἐπαρῴνησα; X.An.5.8.4, cf. Pl.Thg. 123e, Isoc. 17.47; ἀ. μήν .., answered by ἀ .., Arist.Pol. 1287a23:—in vehement answers Pl. often uses νὴ τοὺς θεοὺς ἀ..., μὰ Δἴ ἀ .., Grg. 481c, Phlb. 36a, cf. Alc.1.110b, c:—at beginning of speech, to introduce a general objection, Od.4.472, cf.X.Smp.1, Men.Georg.22.2 with imper. or subj., to remonstrate, encourage, persuade, etc., freq. in Hom., ἀ. ἄγε, ἴθι, Il.1.210, 11.611;ἀ. ἴομεν 6.526
;ἀ. πίθεσθε 1.259
; after voc.,ὦ Φίντις, ἀ. ζεῦξον Pi.O.6.22
, cf. Tyrt. 10.15, etc.; answered by a secondἀ., ἀ. περιμένετε. ἀ. περιμενοῦμεν Pl.R. 327b
; , cf. Ant. 1029, etc.3 to break off a subject abruptly,ἀ. τά γε Ζεὺς οἶδεν Od.15.523
; ἀ. ταῦτα μὲν τί δεῖλέγειν; S.Ph.11, cf. Tr. 467, etc.4 in resuming an address after parenthesis, Pi.O.2.12, 4.7.5 in elliptical phrases, οὐ μὴν ἀ., οὐ μέντοι ἀ ... it is not [so], but.., ὁ ἵππος πίπτει καὶ μικροῦ αὐτὸν ἐξετραχήλισεν· οὐ μὴν [ἐξετ ραχήλισεν] ἀ. ἐπέμεινεν ὁ Κῦρος it did not however [throw him], but.., X.Cyr.1.4.8;οὐ μέντοι ἀ. Pl.Smp. 173b
;οὐ γὰρ ἀ. Ar.Ra.58
, 498:—afterδέ, ὑμεῖς δέ μ' ἀ. παιδὶ συμφονεύσατε E.Hec. 391
.III when joined with other Particles, each retains proper force, as,1 ἀλλ' ἄρα, used by Hom. in transitions, Il.6.418, 12.320, etc.; later, to introduce an objection, Pl. Ap. 25a; in questions, ἀλλ' ἆρα .. ; Id.R. 381b.2 ἀλλ' οὖν, concessive, at all events, Ar.Ra. 1298;τοὺς πρώτους χρόνους ἀ. οὖνπροσεποιοῦνθ' ὑμῖν εἶναι φίλοι Aeschin.3.86
; well then, Pl.Prt. 310a; but then, however, with γε following, Hdt.3.140, S.Ant.84, E.Cyc. 652, Isoc.3.18, etc.; ἀλλ' οὖν γε in apodosi, v. supr. 1.2.3 ἀλλὰ γάρ, freq. with words between, but really, certainly, as ἀλλὰ γὰρ Κρέοντα λεύσσω.., παύσω γόους, but this is irreg. for ἀλλά, Κρέοντα γὰρ λεύσσω, παύσω γόους, E.Ph. 1308, cf. S.Ant. 148; for the reg. order cf. S. Ph.81, E.Heracl. 480, Med. 1067; freq. elliptical, the Verb being understood, Hdt.8.8, A.Pr. 941, S.Ant. 155: in Hom. only with negs.,ἀλλ' οὐ γάρ Il.7.242
, Od.14.355, al., cf. S.OT 1409; ἀ. γὰρ δή, ἀ. γάρ τοι, S.Aj. 167, Ph.81.4 ἀ. εἰ .. quid si.. ? Il.16.559.5 ἀ. ἦ in questions, chiefly of surprise or remonstrance, A. Ch. 220, S.El. 879, Ar.Ach. 1111; ἀλλ' ἦ, τὸ λεγόμενον, κατόπιν ἑορτῆς ἥκομεν; Pl.Grg. 447a, cf. Prt. 309c.6 ἀ. followed by strengthening Particle,ἀλλ' ἤτοι μὲν ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται Il. 17.514
; esp. c. imper., 1.211, al.;ἀλλά τοι Od. 15.518
, A.Pers. 795, etc.; ἀ. μέντοι, with or without γε, Pl.Smp. 214e, Hp.Ma. 287d, al.; ἀ. μήν, v. μήν; ἀ. δή, mostly with words between, S. Aj. 1271, OC 586, Isoc.4.109, etc.; without intervening words, Pl.Ap. 37c, al.;ἀ. δῆτα Id.Hp.Ma. 285c
;ἀ. μὲν δὴ καὶ αὐτός Id.Tht. 143b
, cf. S.El. 103. -
20 προσδέχομαι
προσδέχομαι, [dialect] Ion. [full] προσδέκομαι: used by Hom. only in [dialect] Ep. [tense] pres. part. ποτιδέγμενος (v. infr. 111): [tense] aor. 1 προσεδέχθην in pass. sense, Arist.Pr. 956b25, Plb.4.33.9, D.S.15.70:—A receive favourably, accept, τὸ ἐκ Δελφῶν [χρηστήριον] Hdt.1.48, cf. SIG557.11 (Magn. Mae., iii B.C.), etc.;π. συμμαχίαν X.HG7.4.2
; τὴν φιλίαν, τὰς διαλύσεις, Plb.1.16.8, 1.17.1; alsoπ. ἑκάστους ἐπὶ.. ὁμολογίαις Id.3.18.7
; receive hospitably, S.OT 1428, E.Ph. 1706;ζῶνθ' Ἡρακλῆ S.Tr. 233
.II admit,ἐς τὴν πόλιν Th.2.12
; admit into one's presence, of a king, X.Cyr.7.5.37, HG1.5.9; of a demos receiving foreign emissaries, SIG561.7 (Chalcis, found at Magn. Mae., iii B.C.).2 admit to citizenship, Pl.Lg. 708a, D.57.59; so ποία δὲ χέρνιψ φρατέρων προσδέξεται; A.Eu. 656;τοὺς οἰκέτας π. εἰς τὸ πολίτευμα IG9(2).517.32
(Epist. Philippi, Larissa, iii B.C.);π. τινὰ εἰς τοὺς ἐφήβους Sammelb.7333.40
(Alexandria, ii A.D.);ὁ προσδεχθησόμενος εἰς τὴν στιβάδα IG22.1368.52
;ὅταν τις.. προσδεχθῇ εἴς τι τῶν κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ἀθλημάτων Arist.
l.c.4 admit an argument, π. τὸ ψεῦδος, λόγον ἀληθῆ, Pl.R. 485c, 561b, cf. SIG685.130 (Magn. Mae., ii B.C.); π. πρόφασιν accept an excuse, PTeb.27.82 (ii B.C.).6 undertake,προσδέχεσθαι μάλα χρὴ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἰήματα Hp.Art.69
; take a liability upon oneself, guarantee,τὸ ἀνάλωμα IG5(1).501
, 555b, al. ([place name] Sparta); credit a sum to a person or an account, PHib.1.58 (iii B.C.), PSI4.372.9 (iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.306.11, 355.69, al. (iii B.C.), Ostr. 1089 (ii B.C.), Ostr.Bodl. i 256 (ii B.C.), etc.III await, expect, the only sense in Hom., in [dialect] Ep. part. ποτιδέγμενος waiting for or expecting,δῶρον Od.2.186
; σὴν ὁρμήν ib. 403;σὸν μῦθον 7.161
;ἡμέας 9.545
;λαῶν ὀτρυντύν Il.19.234
; ἀγγελίην ib. 336; so later,προσδεκομένους τοιοῦτον οὐδέν Hdt.3.146
, cf. S.Tr.15, E.Alc. 131 (lyr.), etc.;παρὰ ἃ προσεδέχετο Th.4.19
; τῷ Νικίᾳ προσδεχομένῳ ἦν τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ἐγεσταίων was according to his expectation, Id.6.46; π. τινός τι expect anything from anybody, Antipho Soph.10: c. acc. et inf. [tense] fut.,οὐδὲν πάντως προσεδέκοντο.. τὸν στόλον ὁρμήσεσθαι Hdt.5.34
, cf. 6.100, 7.156, al., Th.4.9;πολεμίους παρέσεσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.22
: c. part. [tense] fut.,τοῦτον π. ἐπαναστησόμενον Hdt.1.89
; πανταχόθεν π. τοὺς πολεμίους await them, Plb.2.69.6, etc.2 wait,ἥατ' ἐνὶ μεγάροις ποτιδέγμεναι Il.2.137
, cf. 9.628, Od.2.205, etc.;π. ὁππότ' ἄρ' ἔλθοι Il.7.415
; π. εἰ c. opt., Od.23.91.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προσδέχομαι
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
Geflügelte Worte (Antike) — Alpha und Omega, Anfang und Ende, kombiniert zu einem Buchstaben Diese Liste ist eine Sammlung alt und neugriechischer Phrasen, Sprichwörter und Redewendungen. Sie beschreibt ihren Gebrauch und gibt, wo möglich, die Quellen an. Graeca non… … Deutsch Wikipedia
ЕВХАРИСТИЯ. ЧАСТЬ I — [греч. Εὐχαριστία], главное таинство христ. Церкви, состоящее в преложении (μεταβολή изменение, превращение) приготовленных Даров (хлеба и разбавленного водой вина) в Тело и Кровь Христовы и причащении (κοινωνία приобщение; μετάληψις принятие)… … Православная энциклопедия
JURAMENTUM — in iudiciis et actionrbus, apud omnes semper gentes, cum circalitigantes, tum circa testes, non exigui usûs fuit: Unde Arist. μετα θείας παραλήφεως φάσις ἀναποδεικτος, cum divina sibi assumptione Dictio non demonstrabilis, Rhetoric. ad Alex.c. 18 … Hofmann J. Lexicon universale